高三英语复习与训练五--动词 (人教版高三英语必修二教学论文)（合集18篇）由网友“佚名氏”投稿提供，今天小编就给大家整理过的高三英语复习与训练五--动词 (人教版高三英语必修二教学论文)，希望对大家的工作和学习有所帮助，欢迎阅读!
篇1：高三英语复习与训练五--动词 (人教版高三英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练五--动词
5. 动词
1） 表示动作中状态的词叫做动词。
2） 根据其在句中的功能，动词可分为四类，分别是：实义动词、系动词、助动词、情态动词。
说明：有些情况下，有些动词是兼类词。例如：
We are having a meeting. 我们正在开会。（have是实义动词。）
He has gone to New York. 他已去纽约。（have是助动词。）
3） 动词根据其后是否带有宾语，可分为两类，分别是：及物动词、不及物动词，英语缩写形式分别为vt. 和vi.。
说明：同一动词有时可用作及物动词，有时可用作不及物动词。例如：
She can dance and sing. 她能唱歌又能跳舞。（sing在此用作不及物动词。）
She can sing many English songs. 她能唱好多首英文歌曲。（sing用作及物动词。）
4） 动词根据是否受主语的人称和数的限制，可分两类，分别是：限定动词、非限定动词例如：
She sings very well. 她唱得很好。（sing受主语she的限制，故用第三人称单数形式sings。）
She wants to learn English well. 她想学好英语。（to learn不受主语she的限制，没有词形变化，是非限定动词。）
说明：英语中共有三种非限定动词，分别是：动词不定式、动名词、分词。
5） 根据动词的组成形式，可分为三类，分别是：单字词、短语动词、动词短语例如：
The English language contains many phrasal verbs and verbal phrases. 英语里有许多短语动词和动词短语。（contains是单字动词。）
Students should learn to look up new words in dictionaries. 学生们学会查字典。（look up是短语动词。）
The young ought to take care of the old. 年轻人应照料老人。（take care of是动词短语。）
6） 动词有五种形态，分别是：原形、第三人称单数形式、过去式、过去分词、现在分词。
5.1 系动词
系动词亦称联系动词（Link Verb），作为系动词，它本身有词义，但不能单独用作谓语，后边必须跟表语（亦称补语），构成系表结构说明主语的状况、性质、特征等情况。说明：有些系动词又是实义动词，该动词表达实义时，有词义，可单独作谓语。例如：
He fell ill yesterday. 他昨天病了。（fell是系动词，后跟补足语，说明主语情况。）
He fell off the ladder. 他从梯子上摔下来。fell是实义动词，单独作谓语。
1）状态系动词
用来表示主语状态，只有be一词。例如：
He is a teacher. 他是一名教师。（is与补足语一起说明主语的身份。）
2）持续系动词
用来表示主语继续或保持一种状况或态度，主要有keep, rest, remain, stay, lie, stand。例如：
He always kept silent at meeting. 他开会时总保持沉默。
This matter rests a mystery. 此事仍是一个谜。
3）表像系动词
用来表示“看起来像”这一概念，主要有seem, appear, look。例如：
He looks tired. 他看起来很累。
He seems （to be） very sad. 他看起来很伤心。
4）感官系动词
感官系动词主要有feel, smell, sound, taste。 例如：
This kind of cloth feels very soft. 这种布手感很软。
This flower smells very sweet. 这朵花闻起来很香。
5）变化系动词
这些系动词表示主语变成什么样，变化系动词主要有become, grow, turn, fall, get, go, come, run。例如：
He became mad after that. 自那之后，他疯了。
She grew rich within a short time. 她没多长时间就富了。
6）终止系动词
表示主语已终止动作，主要有prove, turn out, 表达“证实”，“变成”之意。例如：
The rumor proved false. 这谣言证实有假。
The search proved difficult. 搜查证实很难。
His plan turned out a success. 他的计划终于成功了。（turn out表终止性结果）
5.2 助动词
1）协助主要动词构成谓语动词的词叫助动词。被协助的动词称作主要动词。助动词自身没有词义，不可单独使用。例如：
He doesn't like English. 他不喜欢英语。
（doesn't是助动词，无词义；like是主要动词，有词义）
2） 助动词协助主要动词完成以下功用，可以用来：
a. 表示时态。例如：
He is singing. 他在唱歌。
He has got married. 他已结婚。
b. 表示语态。例如：
He was sent to England. 他被派往英国。
c. 构成疑问句。例如：
Do you like college life? 你喜欢大学生活吗？
Did you study English before you came here? 你来这儿之前学过英语吗？
d. 与否定副词not合用，构成否定句。例如：
I don't like him. 我不喜欢他。
e. 加强语气。例如：
Do come to the party tomorrow evening. 明天晚上一定来参加晚会。
He did know that. 他的确知道那件事。
3） 最常用的助动词有：be, have, do, shall, will, should, would等。
5.3 助动词be的用法
1） be +现在分词，构成进行时态。例如：
They are having a meeting. 他们正在开会。
English is becoming more and more important. 英语现在越来越重要。
2） be + 过去分词，构成被动语态。例如：
The window was broken by Tom.. 窗户是汤姆打碎的。
English is taught throughout the world. 世界各地都教英语。
3） be + 动词不定式，可表示下列内容：
a. 表示最近、未来的计划或安排。例如：
He is to go to New York next week.. 他下周要去纽约。
We are to teach the freshmen. 我们要教新生。
说明： 这种用法也可以说成是一种将来时态表达法。
b. 表示命令。例如：
You are to explain this. 对此你要做出解释。
He is to come to the office this afternoon. 要他今天下午来办公室。
c. 征求意见。例如：
How am I to answer him? 我该怎样答复他？
Who is to go there? 谁该去那儿呢？
d. 表示相约、商定。例如：
We are to meet at the school gate at seven tomorrow morning. 我们明天早晨7点在校门口集合。
5.4 助动词have的用法
1）have +过去分词，构成完成时态。例如：
He has left for London. 他已去了伦敦。
By the end of last month, they had finished half of their work. 上月未为止，他们已经完成工作的一半。
2）have + been +现在分词，构成完成进行时。例如：
I have been studying English for ten years. 我一直在学英语，已达十年之久。
3）have +been +过去分词，构成完成式被动语态。例如：
English has been taught in China for many years. 中国教英语已经多年。
5.5 助动词do 的用法
1）构成一般疑问句。例如：
Do you want to pass the CET? 你想通过大学英语测试吗？
Did you study German? 你们学过德语吗？
2）do + not 构成否定句。例如：
I do not want to be criticized. 我不想挨批评。
He doesn't like to study. 他不想学习。
In the past, many students did not know the importance of English.
过去，好多学生不知道英语的重要性。
3） 构成否定祈使句。例如：
Don't go there. 不要去那里。
Don't be so absent-minded. 不要这么心不在焉。
说明： 构成否定祈使句只用do，不用did和does。
4）放在动词原形前，加强该动词的语气。例如：
Do come to my birthday party. 一定来参加我的生日宴会。
I did go there. 我确实去那儿了。
I do miss you. 我确实想你。
5）用于倒装句。例如：
Never did I hear of such a thing. 我从未听说过这样的事情。
Only when we begin our college life do we realize the importance of English. 进了大学以后，我们才认识到英语的重要性。
说明： 引导此类倒装句的副词有never, seldom, rarely, little, only, so, well等。
6）用作代动词。例如：
---- Do you like Beijing? --你喜欢北京吗？
---- Yes, I do. --是的，喜欢。（do用作代动词，代替like Beijing.）
He knows how to drive a car, doesn't he? 他知道如何开车，对吧？
5.6 助动词shall和will的用法
shall和will作为助动词可以与动词原形一起构成一般将来时。例如：
I shall study harder at English. 我将更加努力地学习英语。
He will go to Shanghai. 他要去上海。
说明：在过去的语法中，语法学家说shall用于第一人称，will 只用于第二、第三人称。现在，尤其是在口语中，will常用于第一人称，但shall只用于第一人称，如用于第二、第三人称，就失去助动词的意义，已变为情态动词，试比较:
He shall come. 他必须来。（shall有命令的意味。）
He will come. 他要来。（will只与动词原形构成一般将来时。）
5.7 助动词should, would的用法
1）should无词义，只是shall的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，只用于第一人称。例如：
I telephoned him yesterday to ask what I should do next week. 我昨天给他打电话，问他我下周干什么。
比较：“What shall I do next week?” I asked. “我下周干什么？”我问道。
可以说，shall变成间接引语时，变成了should。
2） would也无词义，是will的过去形式，与动词原形构成过去将来时，用于第二、第三人称。例如：
He said he would come. 他说他要来。
比较：“I will go,” he said. 他说：“我要去那儿。”变成间接引语，就成了He said he would come。原来的will变成would，go变成了come.。
5.8 短语动词
动词加小品构成的起动词作用的短语叫短语动词。例如：
Turn off the radio. 把收音机关上。（turn off是短语动词）
短语动词的构成基本有下列几种：
1）动词+副词，如：black out；
2）动词+介词，如：look into；
3）动词+副词+介词，如：look forward to。构成短语动词的副词和介词都统称为小品词。
5.9 非谓语动词
在句子中充当除谓语以外的句子成分的动词形式叫做非谓语动词。非谓语动词分为三种形式:不定式，动名词，和分词（分词包括现在分词和过去分词）。
1）不定式
时态\语态 主动 被动
一般式 to do to be done
完成式 to have done to have been done
2）动名词
时态\语态 主动 被动
一般式 doing being done
完成式 having done having been done
3）分词
时态\语态 主动 被动
一般式 doing being done
完成式 having done having been done
否定形式： not +不定式， not + 动名词， not + 现在分词
5.10 助动词练习
1.If it is fine tomorrow, we ______ a football match.
a. have b. will have c. has d. shall has
2.When he was at school, he ______ early and take a walk before breakfast.
a. will rise b. shall rise b. should rise would rise
3.In the past 30 years China ______ great advances in the socialist revolution and socialist construction.
a. has made b. have made c. had made d. having made
4.I ______ go to bed until I ______ finished my work.
a. don’t/had b. didn’t/have c. didn’t/had d. don’t/have
5.______ you think he ______ back by dinner time?
a. Do/have come b. Did/will have come c. Does/will come d. Do/will have come
6.He said that he dropped his bag when he ______ for the bus.
a. was runing b. was running c. were running d. is running
7.No sooner ______ he arrived home than he ______ to start on another journey.
a. has/was asked b. have/were asked c. had/is asked d. had/was asked
8.“______ you give me a room for the night?” I asked on arriving at the hotel.
a. Should b. Can c. Might d. May
9.There are nine of them, so ______ get into the car at the same time.
a. they may not at all b. all they may not c. they can’t all d. all they can’t
10.“We didn’t see him at the lecture yesterday.” “He ______ it.”
a. mustn’t attend b. cannot have attended
c. would have not attended d. needn’t have attended
11.“You realize that you were driving at 100 mph, don’t you?”
“No, officer. I ______. This car can’t do more than 80.”
a. didn’t need to be b. may not have been c. couldn’t have been d. needn’t have been
12.he was a good runner so he ______ escape from the police.
a. might b. succeeded to c. would d. was able to
13.If they ______, our plan will fall flat.
a..are co-operating b. had not co-operated c. won’t co-operate d. didn’t co-operate
14.I hoped ______ my letter.
a. her to answer b. that she would answer c. that she answers d. her answering
15.He ______ live in the country than in the city.
a. prefers b. likes to c. had better d. would rather
16.______ to see a film with us today?
a. Did you like b. Would you like c. Will you like d. Have you liked
17.I’m sorry, but I had no alternative. I simply ______ what I did.
a. must do b. had to do c. ought to have done d. have to do
18.“Time is running out,______?”
a. hadn’t we better got start b. hadn’t we better get start
b. hadn’t we better get started d. hadn’t we better not started
19.No one ______ that to his face.
a. dares say b. dares saying c. dare say d. dare to say
20.The students in the classroom ______ not to make so much noise.
a. need b. ought c. must d. dare
21.You ______ last week if you were really serious about your work.
a. ought to come b. ought to be coming c. ought have come d. ought to have come
22.The elephants ought ______ hours ago by the keepers.
a. to be fed b. to feed c. to being fed d. to have been fed
23.“I wonder why they’re late.” “They ______ the train.”
a. can have missed b. could miss c. may have missed d. might miss
24.“Tom graduated from college at a very young age.”
“He ______ have been an outstanding student.”
a. must b. could c. should d. might
25.You ______ the examination again since you had already passed it.
a. needn’t have taken b. didn’t need to take c. needn’t take d. mustn’t take
26.He is really incompetent! The letter ______ yesterday.
a. should be finished typing b. must be finished typing
b. must have finished typing c. should have been finished typing
27.The boy told his father that he would rather ______ an astronaut.
a. become b. to become c. becoming d. became
28.When we reached the station, the train had still not arrived; so we ______.
a. needed not to hurry b. needn’t have hurried
c.need not to have hurried d. didn’t need to hurry
29.Since your roommate is visiting her family this weekend,_____ you like to have dinner with us tonight?
a. will b. won’t c. wouldn’t d. do
30.He was afraid what he had done ______ a disastrous effect on his career.
a. might have b. could be c. have been d. shall be
31.He ______ hardly say anything more, since you know about it.
a. don’t need to b. needn’t c. needs d. need
32.You ______ the look on his face when he won the prize.
a. would have seen b. should have seen c. must see d. can be seeing
33.Some people think the stock market will crash, but ______.
a. I wonder if it happens b. I doubt if it will happen
c. I am afraid it wouldn’t happen d. I doubt if it does happen
34.“Whatever has happened to George?” “I don’t know. He ______ lost.”
a. can have got b. may have got c. might get d. could get
35.He has no idea what the book is about. He ______read the book.
a. couldn’t b. couldn’t have c. mightn’t have d. shouldn’t have
36.New studies show that two of Saturn’s rings ______ longer than the 4.5 billion years since the birth of the Solar System.
a. could have lasted b. should have lasted c. would have lasted d. must be lasting
37.Take the telescope with you in case you ______ it in your expedition.
a. will need b. would need c. should need d. could need
38.Need he come at once? Yes, he ______.
a. must b. must not c. need d. may
39.Please answer the phone. It ______ be by your father. If it is, would you tell that I want to see him?
a. will b. should c. would d. could
40.We’ll never give in whatever they ______ say or do.
a. may b. will c. shall d. should
41.With all this work on hand, he ______ to the cinema last night.
a. mustn’t go b. wouldn’t go c. oughtn’t go d. shouldn’t have gone
42.Everyone ______ the cake because there wasn’t even a small piece left.
a. must like b. must have liked c. must have been liking d. had liked
43.I wish to recollect where I met her, ______?
a. would I b. may I c. may not I d. can I
44.I ______ think he will ______ dare the risk.
a. not/ .. b. do/not c. ../not d. don’t/..
45.If reading is to accomplish anything more than passing time, it ______ be active.
a. may not b. must c. might d. is not
46.You ______ your seats today if you want to go to the game.
a. had better to reserve b. had better reserve
c. had to better reserve d. had to reserve better
47.I ______ the operation unless it is absolutely necessary.
a. would rather not have b. would not rather had
b. rather would not have d. rather not would have
48.Many scientists ______ their own eyes and ears than the theories of the ancients.
a. would rather to believe b. would rather believe
c. rather would believe d. will rather believe
49.To travel from England to Scotland you ______ a passport.
a. haven’t got b. mustn’t have c. needn’t d. don’t need
50.One of the statements ______ to be untrue.
a. is turned out b. has turned out c. have been turned out d. have turned out
51.I don’t know whether it will rain or not, but if it ______ rain, I shall stay at home.
a. will b. did c. does d. shall
52.“You’d like some tea,______?”
a. wouldn’t you b. shouldn’t you c. hadn’t you d. didn’t you
53.“May we take the books out?”
a. No, you may not b. No, you can not c. No, you can’t d. Please don’t
54.“I would have come sooner, but I ______ that you were waiting.”
a. didn’t know b. hasn’t known c. hadn’t know d. haven’t known
55.If you don’t want to, you ______ to get there with us.
a. mustn’t b. can’t c. don’t have d. have not
56.I would go to visit them but I ______ think they are anxious to see me.
a. haven’t b. don’t c. doesn’t d. didn’t
57.Whatever you can do,______.
a. I can do so as well b. I can do this as well
b.I can do it as well d. I can do as well
58._____- I realized the consequences I would never have contemplated getting involved.
a. Had b. Have c. Having d. Has
59.“Perhaps she is working for John.” “Yes, she ______ for him.”
a.need have been working b. may be working
b.ought have been working d. ought be working
60.“I know she was in because I heard her radio, but she didn’t open the door.” “She ______ the bell.”
a. may not be hearing b. may not have heard
b.must not have heard d. must not be hearing
61. “He was smoking.” “Then he ______ .”
a.ought to have been not smoking b. ought to have not been smoking
b.ought not to have been smoking d. ought to not have been smoking
62.You ______ out yesterday without a coat. No wonder you caught cold.
a. oughtn’t have gone b. shouldn’t have gone c. mustn’t have gone d. can’t have gone
63.“Paul was riding a bicycle along the motorway when he was hit by the trailer of a lorry.”
“He _____ a bicycle along the motorway; bicycles are not allowed.”
a. shouldn’t have been riding b. couldn’t have been riding
c.oughtn’t have been riding d. can’t have been riding
64.I am listening. But you ______.
a. need be listening b. should be listening c. need have been listening d. ought be listening
65.He ______ with us last night.
a.would have liked to go b. should like to be going
b.should be liked to go d. would like to go
66.I ______ his face when he opened the letter.
a. should like you to see b. would have liked you to be seen
b.should like you to have seen d. would like you to see
67.You say you ______ do it, but I say you ______ do it.
a. ought not/could b. will not/shall c. could not/need d. shall not/ought
68.We ______ put the meeting off for a week.
a. can as well b. will as well c. shall as well d. may as well
69.______ wind your watch every day?
a. Do you need b. Must you have to c. Have you to d. Do you have to
70.______ give him a chance to try?
a. Oughtn’t to we b. Oughtn’t we to c. Ought to we not d. Oughtn’t we
71.“Did you blame him for his mistakes?” “______”
a. I’d rather not do b. I’d not rather do c. I’d better not do d. I’d rather not doing
72.You had better ______ your hair cut.
a. had b. have c. to get d. to have
73.My sister didn’t go to the party last night because she ______ the baby for her friend until 9:30.
a.must have looked after b. would have to look after
b.had to look after d. should have looked after
74.Mary is very late, she ______.
a.may miss her train b. may have missed her train
c.must miss her train d. could miss her train
75.No matter what you may say, he ______ to his own views.
a.would always stick b. will always stick c. should always stick d. must always stick to
76.It’s wonderful that you ______ have achieved so much in these years.
a. may b. can c. should d. would
77.The students asked whether he ______ take the books out of the reading-room.
a. could b. might c. should d. would
78.He ______ still be thinking about the question you raised.
a. may b. might c. must d. should
79.I’d be glad if you______ give me an account of the fact.
a.shall b. should c. would d. may
80.He ______ accomplish the task in time.
a. did b. has c. is d. do
答案
1 B 19 C 37 C 55 C 73 C
2 D 20 B 38 A 56 B 74 B
3 A 21 D 39 D 57 D 75 B
4 C 22 D 40 A 58 A 76 C
5 D 23 C 41 D 59 B 77 A
6 B 24 A 42 B 60 B 78 B
7 D 25 B 43 B 61 C 79 C
8 B 26 D 44 D 62 B 80 A
9 C 27 A 45 B 63 A 81
10 B 28 B 46 B 64 B 82
11 C 29 C 47 A 65 A 83
12 D 30 A 48 B 66 C 84
13 C 31 D 49 D 67 B 85
14 B 32 B 50 B 68 D 86
15 D 33 B 51 C 69 D 87
16 B 34 B 52 A 70 B 88
17 B 35 B 53 D 71 A 89
18 C 36 A 54 A 72 B 90
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇2：高三英语复习与训练六--动名词 (人教版高三英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练六--动名词
6.动名词
动名词是非限定动词的一种形式，由动词原形+ing构成。它既有动词的特征，又有名词的特征，故称。动名词也有时态和语态的变化，如表所示（以及物动词write为例），不及物动词没有语态的变化。
时态/语态 主动 被动
一般式 writing being written
完成式 having written having been written
6.1 动名词作主语、宾语和表语
1）作主语。例如：
Fighting broke out between the South and the North. 南方与北方开战了。
2）作宾语
a. 有些动词可以用动名词作宾语。例如：
admit 承认 appreciate 感激 avoid 避免 complete完成 consider认为 delay 耽误
deny 否认 detest 讨厌 endure 忍受 enjoy 喜欢 escape 逃脱 fancy 想象
finish 完成 imagine 想象 mind 介意 miss 想念 postpone推迟 practice 训练
recall 回忆 resent 讨厌 resume 继续 resist 抵抗 risk 冒险 suggest 建议
face 面对 include 包括 stand 忍受 understand 理解 forgive 宽恕 keep 继续
例如：Would you mind turning down your radio a little, please? 你把收音机音量调小一点，好吗
The squirrel was lucky that it just missed being caught. 这松鼠幸运得很，刚逃避了被逮住的厄运。
b. 有些结构后面可以用动名词作宾语或其他成分。例如：
admit to prefer…to be used to lead to devote oneself to object to
stick to no good no use be fond of look forward to be proud of
be busy can't help be tired of be capable of be afraid of think of
burst out keep on insist on count on set about
put off be good at take up give up be successful in
3）作表语，对主语说明、解释。例如：
Her job is washing, cleaning and taking care of the children. 她的工作是洗刷、清扫和照顾孩子。
比较：She is washing, cleaning and taking care of the children.
4）作定语，一般表示所修饰名词事物的用途。例如：
a writing desk=a desk for writing 写字台
a swimming pool=a pool swimming 游泳池
有些动名词作定语，与所修饰的名词关系比较复杂。例如：
boiling point=a temperature point at which something begins to boil 沸点
a walking tractor=a tractor which a driver can operate while he or she is walking behind it 手扶拖拉机
6.2 worth 的用法
worth, worthy, worthwhile都是形容词，意为“值得”。
1. worth： be worth + n. 当名词为金钱时，表示“…… 值得……”
常见的有It ’s worth while to do./ It ’s worth（someone’s）while doing
be worth doing sth. “……某事值得被做”
The question is not worth discussing again and again. 这问题不值得反复讨论。
2. worthy：be worthy of +n. 当名词为抽象名词时表示“……值得……”
be worthy to be done “某事值得被做”
The question is not worthy to be discussed again and again.
3. worthwhile：be worthwhile to do sth “值得做某事”
It is worthwhile to ask him to join the club.值得邀请他加入俱乐部。
典型例题
It is not ____ to discuss the question again and again.
A. worth B. worthy C. worthwhile D. worth while
答案C. 由worth的用法可知，此句只适合词组be worthwhile to do sth.。选C。
6.3 动名词不定式、分词练习
1.I was ______ work last week, but I changed my mind.
a. to start b. to have started c. to be starting d. to have been starting
2.I intended ______ the matter with you, but I had some guests hen.
a. discuss b. discussing c. having discussed d. to have discussed
3.Don’t let me catch you ______.
a. do that again b. to do that again c. doing that again d. done that again
4.There are many kinds of metals ______.
a.each has its special properties b. one has its special properties
b. each having its special properties d. having its special properties
5.It’s pay-day, and they’re waiting ______.
a. for paying b. to be paid c. to be paying d. to have paid
6._______ trouble, I’m going to forget the whole affair.
a. Then rather cause b. Rather causing
c. Rather than cause d. Rather than caused
7. The brilliance of his satires was ______ make even his victims laugh.
a. so as to b. such as to c. so that d. such that
8.Children with parents whose guidance is firm, consistent, and rational are inclined ______ high levels of self-confidence.
a. possess b. have possessed c. to possess d. possessing
9.The worker is ______ in repairing the machine to notice my coming.
a. too busy b. enough busy c. busy too d. busy enough
10.“What did you do in the garden?”
“I watched my father ______ his motorbike.”
a. to repair b. repaired c. repairing d. repairs
11.We must have an engineer ______ the workers build the house.
a. to see b. see c. seeing d. seen
12.Induction means ______ a general conclusion from special facts.
a. to come to b. to coming c. coming to d. came
13.I’m not going to ask the teacher why he gave me that grade; I intend _______.
a. to let rest the matter b. the matter to be let resting
c. letting the matter to rest d. to let the matter rest
14.I have tried _______ worrying about it.
a. to stop consciously b. to consciously stop
c. to conscious stopping d. to stopping consciously
15.“Do you want to give a talk on that subject?”
“I prefer ______ .”
a. not want b. not wanting c. to not giving d. not to
16.I _______ the truth of your remarks, although they go against my interests.
a. cannot but admit b. cannot help but to admit
c. cannot but admitting d. cannot help but admitting
17.Since she is angry, we ______.
a. had better leaving her alone b. should leave her alone
c. might as well leave her alone d. had rather leave her alone
18.I don’t allow ______ in my office and I don’t allow my family ______ at all.
a. to smoke…smoking b. smoking…to smoke
c. to smoke…to smoke d. smoking…smoking
19.You should remember ______ from the point when you are writing a composition.
a. don’t wander b. not to wander c. no wandering d. not wander
20.Grace advised us to withdraw ______.
a. so as to get not involved b. so as not to get involved
c. so that to get not involved d. as not to get involved
21.He ran all the way up to the station ______ that the train had left fifteen minutes before.
a. in order to find b. so as to find c. only to find d. such as to find
22.George went hunting for a week but still he didn’t find a room ______.
a. to live b. to live in c. for living d. to be living in
23.You should really avoid ______ at home alone as he is old and ill.
a. your father stay b. your father to stay
c. your father’s staying d. your father who stays
24.John didn’t want to risk ______ wet as he had only one suit.
a. getting b. to get c. being got d. to be gotten
25.I’m disappointed with the new officers elected in our club, but there is no point _______ about it.
a. to worry b. in worrying c. with us worrying d. if we worry
26.It won’t be any use ______ to borrow any more money.
a. you to try b. of your trying c. trying you d. your trying
27.The law requires all cars _______ for safety and efficiency.
a. being tested regularly b. to be regularly tested
c. be regularly tested d. regularly tested
28.I remember ______ to the zoo by my father when I was little.
a. being taken b. taking c. have been taken d. to have taken
29.I completely forgot ______ the front door last night and feel fortunate that nothing is stolen.
a. locking b. being locked c. to lock d. to have locked
30.I regret ______ you that your application has been refused.
a. informing b. being informed c. to be informed d. to inform
31.I didn’t mean ______ anything, but these apples looked so good I couldn’t resist ______ one.
a. to eat…trying b. to eat…o trying c. eating…to try d. eating…to trying
32.I know it isn’t important but I can’t help ______ about it.
a. but to think b. thinking c. think d. to think
33.The ship, ______ to a shapeless wreck, was hardly recognizable.
a. being reduced b. reducing c. reduced d. having been reducing
34.The young doctor could not sleep at night, his thoughts ______ him no peace.
a. gave b. giving c. being given d. to give
35.After a long walk on a hot day, one feels ______.
a. exhaustive b. exhausting c. exhaust d. exhausted
36.Those relatives of his are ______ . I don’t want to have any dealings with them.
a. boring people b. bored people
c. people having bored d. people having boring
37.You must follow the directions exactly and if you become ______, you must take the time to go back again and reread them.
a. to confuse b. confusing c. confuse d. confused
38.There is something wrong with my TV set, I must have it ______.
a. checking b. check c. to check d. checked
39.He was just about to jump up when he felt something ______ near his feet.
a. to move b. move c. moving d. moved
40.______ with the corresponding period of last year, the output of chemical fibers in the first quarter rose by 15%.
a. Comparing b. To compare c. Compared d. Compare
41.“Was the rally successful?’
“No, because the number of ______ was smaller than we had expected.”
a. people who attend b. attended people
c. people attending d. attendance of people
42.Uncle Dick has already arrive. Do you expect ______ to see him?
a. Going b. go c. to go d. that you go
43.From the electric refrigerator Dick takes a carton of cream, another of fresh milk and a can of ______ orange juice.
a.frozen b. froze c. freezing d. freezed
44.He felt bad for ______ a chance to study abroad.
a. having not given b. not having given
c. having not been given d. not having been given
45.In some countries there are already a number of firms ______ computer programming.
a. specialize in b. specialized in c. specializing in d. specializes in
46.The young man who saw the car ______ into the river telephoned the police station.
a. plunge b. plunged c. was plunging d. to plunge
47.While she was shopping, she kept ______ the list to make sure she hadn’t forgotten anything.
a. checked b. checking c. to check d. check
48.You’d better ______.
a. to have your shoes mended b. to have mended your shoes
c. have your shoes mended d. having your shoes mended
49.The machines are made ______ at full speed.
a. work b. working c. to work d. to be worked
50.It is certain that men will never stop ______ new energy sources to power their growing industry.
a. finding b. to find c. having found d. found
51.It is really quite extraordinary that we should have been at the same college without ______ before.
a. met b. being met c. having met d. having been met
52.Professor Smith is said ______ another important discovery in chemistry.
a. having made b. having been made c. to have made d. to make
53.Without the sun’s light ______ the earth’s surface, it would be so cold that life could not exist on the earth.
a. warms b. warmed c. warming d. to warm
54.The rocket will weigh about 200 tons when ______.
a. being completed b. completed completing d. have been completed
55.There are plans ______ a number of atomic power station in this regions.
a. to build b. to be built c. building d. being built
56.All of us are looking forward to ______ a trip to the Ming Tombs.
a. make b. making c. to making d. have made
57.I can’t understand ______ a decision until it is too late.
a. him to postpone to make b. his postponing to make
c. him to postponing making d. his postponing making
58.I would like ______ that I don’t have a very high opinion of you.
a. to have you know b. have you know
c. to have your known d. having you know
59.I had intended ______ him while he was living at Aberdeen.
a. visiting b. visit c. to have visited d. having visited
60.Do you consider better _______ ?
a. not doing it again b. not do it again
c. not having done it again d. not to do it again
61.The famous scientist was easy _______ along with.
a. to get b. for getting c. getting d. got
62.The students will have more discussions like this in the weeks ______.
a. coming b. to come c. come d. to be coming
63.He felt lonely at first, but after a time he got ______ alone and even got ______ it.
a. used to living…to like b. used to live… to like
c. using to live…liking d. to be used to living…liking
64.Our master raised his voice so that the could make himself ______ by the pupils in the back of the hall.
a. hear b. heard c. hearing d. to be heard
65.When he awoke, he found himself ______ in the hospital and ______ by an old woman.
a. lying…being looked after b. lying…be looking after
c. lie…be looked after d. lie…being looked after
66.______ from the hill-top the lake scenery is beyond description.
a. To see b. Seeing c. Seen d. Having seen
67.______ in the strange forest, the poor girls fell to ______.
a. Lost…crying b. Lost…cry c. To lost…cry d. Having been lost…crying
68.They’ll have you ______ if you don’t pay your taxes.
a. to be arrested b. arrest c. arrested d. being arrested
69.All flights ______ because of the storm, they decided to take the train.
a. having cancelled b. were cancelled
c. have been cancelled d. having been cancelled
70.Although it was very late when John began doing the job, he managed with his friend’s assistance, ______ before the building was locked.
a. to be finished b. being finished c. finishing d. to finish
71.Despite the earnest efforts of various private groups as well as government agencies, many of the problems have not yet been solved, and much remains to ______.
a. have been done b. be done c. have done d. do
72.______ that bad weather was on the way, the climbers decided to put off their attempt on Eiger until the following week.
a. Having told b. Being told c. Telling d. Having been told
73.Members of the Government itself acknowledge many of their predictions _______ wildly over-optimistic.
a. to be b. being c. to have been d. having been
74.The match was cancelled because most of the members ______ a match without a standard court.
a. objected to having b. objected to have
c. were objected to have d. were objected to having
75.The teacher doesn’t permit ______ in class.
a. smoke b. smoking c. to smoke d. to have smoke
76.I like watching TV ______ to the cinema.
a. more than to go b. more than going
c. than going d. rather than to go
77.The manager promised to keep me ______ of how our business was going on.
a. to be informed b. informed c. on informing d. informing
78.Mrs. Brown is supposed ______ for Italy last week.
a. to have left b. to leave c. to be leaving d. to have been left
79.Dorothy went to work quietly, ______ to work as hard as she could.
a. her mind being made up b. with her mind made up
c. with her mind making up d. he mind making up
80.Husband and wife with a common duty to the country will find themselves ______ closer together.
a. been drawn b. drawn c. to draw d. drawing
81.Here we found little snow, as most of it seemed ______ blown off the mountain.
a. to have been b. that it was c. to be d. that it had been
82.______ halfway through the exercise, the teacher changed his mind and collected all our papers.
a. When only being b. When we were only
c. Being only d. Having been
83.Some passengers are reading the morning paper, others are talking with one another, ______ nervously for the train.
a. to wait b. are waiting c. waiting d. being waited
84.There’s one thing I dislike about him: he will never admit ______ a mistake.
a. having made b. making c. being made d. have been made
85.Stan spent half a year ______ material for his new book.
a. to collect b. collect c. collecting d. collected
86.It’s no use ______ me not to worry.
a. you tell b. your telling c. for you to have told d. having told
87.The chairman insists that there be a meeting _______ within the shortest possible time.
a. to hold b. to be held c. to have been held d. to be holding
88.When the famous pianist was a child, he was accustomed ______ for several hours a day.
a. to practicing b. to practice c. to be practicing d. to have practiced.
89.In China hundreds of different dialects are spoken; people of some villages ______ themselves understood by the inhabitants of the next town.
a. making trouble have b. have making trouble
c. have trouble making d. trouble making have
90.It’s a wonderful place for anyone ______ in architecture, as you are.
a. interesting b. to be interested c. being interested d. interested
91.Another feature worth ______ is the role of information throughout a feedback control system..
a. noticed b. noticing c. being noticed d. notice
92.I believe ______ very largely due to mistaken views of the world.
a. this unhappiness are b. to be this unhappiness
c. this be unhappiness d. this unhappiness to be
93.When they met, Leonards and his enemy were fighting ______.
a. killed each other b. to kill each other
c. killing each other d. to be killed each other
94.Before the invention of aero-planes, ______ in the sky like a bird was only a dream.
a. men fly b. to fly c. for flying d. man flys
95.At last they succeeded ______ the job.
a. to persuade him to take b. in persuading him to take
c. to persuade him taking d. in persuading him taking
96.All that it does is ______ the place of a house wife.
a. takes b. taking c. take d. being taken
97.He listened to me ______ what Mr. Smith had said the day before.
a. to repeat b. to be repeated c. to repeating d. repeat
98.He could do little except ______.
a. writing b. write c. written d. to write
99.The electric shaver ______ before it can be used.
a. needs repairing b. requires to repair
b.should be in repair d. has to be repairable
100. ______ a problem requiring multiplication or division, the computer solves it by adding or subtracting.
a. Giving b. Having given c. Being given d. Given
101. You can fly to London this evening ______ you don’t mind changing planes in Paris.
a. provided b. except c. unless d. so far as
102. Students from the south prefer _______.
a. eat rice than bread b. eating rice than bread
c. eating rice to eating bread d. eating rice to eat bread
103. Would you be ______ to help me with my luggage?
a. enough kind b. kind enough
c. too kind d. kind too
104. The father advise ______ the second-hand car.
a. his son to not buy b. his son not to buy
c. his son’s no buying d. that his son not to buy
105. “Do you intend to come with us?”
“Yes, ______.”
a. I intend so b. I intend that c. I intend to d. I intend
106. It takes a whole year for the earth ______ round the sun once.
a. traveling b. to travel c. traveled d. travels
107. The factory ______ next year will be one of the largest in this city.
a. to build b. to be built c. being built d. having been built
108. With the guide ______ the way, we set off on foot into the dark night.
a. leading b. led c. leads d. to lead
109. They got the work ______ before the rainy season set in.
a. to do b. done c. doing d. did
110. Things are known ______ when they unite with the oxygen of the air.
a. burning b. to burn c. burn d. being burning
111. He was thoroughly ashamed ______ so much money on such an ugly picture.
a. for spending b. with spending
c. to have spent d. of having spent
112. ______ of the burden of ice, the balloon climbed up and drifted to the South.
a. To be free b. Freeing c. To free d. Freed
113. The bank is reported in the local newspaper ______ in broad daylight yesterday.
a. to be robbed b. robbed c. to have been robbed d. having been robbed
114. There seemed little hope that the explorer, ______ in the tropical forest, would find his way through it.
a. to be deserted b. having deserted
c. to have been deserted d. having been deserted
115. “Where should I send my application?”
“The Personnel Office is the place ______.”
a. to sent it b. sent it to c. to send it to d. for sending it
116. The publisher will send you a specimen copy of their new book ______.
a. when it will be requested b. when they are requested
c. when requested d. when request it
117. Rome is the city ______.
a. I rather most like to visit b. I’d most like to visit
c. I’m rather to visit most d. I’d prefer most to visit
118. There ______ no further business, the meeting came to a stop.
a. being b. was c. been d. had been
119. Please remind me ______ some eggs for the coming party.
a. buy b. to buy c. of buying d. for buying
120. Don’t say anything at the meeting unless ______.
a. asking b. asked c. being asked d. to be asked
121. The radio announced that all flights ______ have been cancelled because of the fog.
a. go out b. gone out c. going out d. will go out
122. What’s the use ______ extra leisure time if you don’t know what to do?
a. have b. to have c. being have d. of knowing
123. ______ mathematical concepts of some students was very difficult because the students did not have a math background.
a. Explain b. Explaining c. Have explained d. Having explained
124. Although John was the oldest in the family, he always let his sister _____ charge of the house.
a. to take b. taking c. take d. taken
125. Commercial banks make most of their income from interest ______ on loans and investment in stocks and bonds.
a. earn b. earned c. to earn d. was earned
126. Amelia Earhart, the first woman ______ a solo flight across the Atlantic Ocean, was born in 1898.
a. makes b. made c. making d. to make
127. It is impossible for the plan ______.
a. to put into practice b. not to put into practice
c. to be put into practice d. to be not put into practice
128. ______ is what she wants to know.
a. Who to do it b. Whom to do it
c. Who does it do d. Whom doing it
129. My wife suggested ______ to Scotland for a holiday, but I favor ______ Wales instead.
a. to go…to visit b. going …visiting
c. to go…visiting d. going …to visit
130. There are several ______ leaves on the ground.
a. falling b. fallen c. to fall d. fell
答案
1 B 19 B 37 D 55 A 73 C 91 B 109 B 127 C
2 D 20 B 38 D 56 B 74 A 92 D 110 B 128 A
3 C 21 C 39 C 57 D 75 B 93 B 111 D 129 B
4 C 22 B 40 C 58 A 76 B 94 B 112 D 130 B
5 B 23 C 41 C 59 B 77 B 95 B 113 C
6 C 24 A 42 C 60 D 78 A 96 C 114 D
7 B 25 B 43 A 61 A 79 B 97 D 115 C
8 C 26 D 44 D 62 B 80 B 98 B 116 C
9 A 27 B 45 C 63 A 81 A 99 A 117 B
10 C 28 A 46 A 64 B 82 B 100 D 118 A
11 B 29 C 47 B 65 A 83 C 101 A 119 B
12 C 30 D 48 C 66 C 84 A 102 C 120 B
13 D 31 A 49 C 67 A 85 C 103 B 121 C
14 B 32 B 50 A 68 C 86 B 104 B 122 D
15 D 33 C 51 D 69 D 87 B 105 C 123 B
16 B 34 B 52 C 70 D 88 A 106 B 124 C
17 D 35 D 53 C 71 B 89 C 107 B 125 B
18 D 36 A 54 B 72 D 90 D 108 A 126 D
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇3：高三英语复习与训练一--名词 (人教版高二英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练一--名词
1. 名词
名词可以分为专有名词和普通名词，专有名词是某个（些）人，地方，机构等专有的名称，如Beijing，China等。普通名词是一类人或东西或是一个抽象概念的名词，如：book，sadness等。普通名词又可分为下面四类：
1）个体名词：表示某类人或东西中的个体，如：gun。
2）集体名词：表示若干个个体组成的集合体，如：family。
3）物质名词：表示无法分为个体的实物，如：air。
4）抽象名词：表示动作、状态、品质、感情等抽象概念，如：work。
个体名词和集体名词可以用数目来计算，称为可数名词，物质名词和抽象名词一般无法用数目计算，称为不可数名词。归纳一下，名词的分类可以下图表示：
名词 专有名词 不可数名词
普通名词 物质名词
抽象名词
集体名词
可数名词
个体名词
1.1 名词复数的规则变化
情况 构成方法 读音 例词
一般情况 加 -s 清辅音后读/s/ map-maps
浊辅音和元音后读 /z/ bag-bags /car-cars
以s, sh, ch, x等结尾 加 -es 读 /iz/ bus-buses/ watch-watches
以ce, se, ze,等结尾 加 -s 读 /iz/ license-licenses
以辅音字母+y结尾 变y 为i再加es 读 /z/ baby---babies
1.2 其它名词复数的规则变化
1） 以y结尾的专有名词，或元音字母+y 结尾的名词变复数时，直接加s变复数。例如：
two Marys the Henrys
monkey---monkeys holiday---holidays
2） 以o 结尾的名词，变复数时：
a. 加s，如： photo---photos piano---pianos
radio---radios zoo---zoos；
b. 加es，如：potato--potatoes tomato--tomatoes
c. 上述a和b两种方法均可，如zero---zeros / zeroes。
3） 以f或fe 结尾的名词变复数时：
a. 加s，如： belief---beliefs roof---roofs
safe---safes gulf---gulfs；
b. 去f,fe 加ves，如：half---halves
knife---knives leaf---leaves wolf---wolves
wife---wives life---lives thief---thieves；
c. 上述a和b两种方法均可，如handkerchief: handkerchiefs / handkerchieves。
1.3 名词复数的不规则变化
1） child---children foot---feet tooth---teeth
mouse---mice man---men woman---women
注意：由一个词加 man 或 woman构成的合成词，其复数形式也是 -men 和-women，如an Englishman，two Englishmen。但German不是合成词，故复数形式为Germans；Bowman是姓，其复数是the Bowmans。
2） 单复同形，如deer，sheep，fish，Chinese，Japanese ，li，jin，yuan，two li，three mu，four jin等。但除人民币的元、角、分外，美元、英镑、法郎等都有复数形式。如：a dollar, two dollars; a meter, two meters。
3）集体名词，以单数形式出现，但实为复数。例如：
people police cattle 等本身就是复数，不能说 a people，a police，a cattle，但可以说a person，a policeman，a head of cattle, the English，the British，the French，the Chinese，the Japanese，the Swiss 等名词，表示国民总称时，作复数用，如The Chinese are industries and brave. 中国人民是勤劳勇敢的。
4） 以s结尾，仍为单数的名词，如：
a. maths，politics，physics等学科名词，一般是不可数名词，为单数。
b. news 为不可数名词。
c. the United States，the United Nations 应视为单数。
The United Nations was organized in 1945. 联合国是1945年组建起来的。
d. 以复数形式出现的书名，剧名，报纸，杂志名，也可视为单数。例如：
“The Arabian Nights” is a very interesting story-book. 《一千零一夜》是一本非常有趣的故事书。
5） 表示由两部分构成的东西，如：glasses （眼镜） trousers, clothes等，若表达具体数目，要借助数量词 pair（对，双）; suit（套）; a pair of glasses; two pairs of trousers等。
6） 另外还有一些名词，其复数形式有时可表示特别意思，如：goods货物，waters水域，fishes（各种）鱼。
1.4 不可数名词量的表示
1）物质名词
a. 当物质名词转化为个体名词时为可数。
比较：Cake is a kind of food. 蛋糕是一种食物。 （不可数）
These cakes are sweet. 这些蛋糕很好吃。 （可数）
b. 当物质名词表示该物质的种类时，可数。例如：
This factory produces steel. （不可数）
We need various steels. （可数）
c. 当物质名词表示份数时，可数。例如：
Our country is famous for tea. 我国因茶叶而闻名。
Two teas, please. 请来两杯茶。
2） 抽象名词表示具体的事例时也可数。例如：
four freedoms 四大自由 the four modernizations四个现代化
物质名词和抽象名词可以借助单位词表一定的数量，如a glass of water 一杯水/ a piece of advice 一则建议。
5. 定语名词的复数
名词作定语一般用单数，但也有以下例外。
1) 用复数作定语。例如：
sports meeting 运动会 students reading-room 学生阅览室
talks table 谈判桌 the foreign languages department 外语系
2） man, woman, gentleman等作定语时，其单复数以所修饰的名词的单复数而定。例如：
men workers women teachers gentlemen officials
3） 有些原有s结尾的名词，作定语时，s保留。例如：
goods train （货车） arms produce 武器生产
customs papers 海关文件 clothes brush 衣刷
4） 数词+名词作定语时，这个名词一般保留单数形式。例如：
two-dozen eggs 两打鸡蛋 a ten-mile walk 十英里路
two-hundred trees 两百棵树 a five-year plan. 一个五年计划
1.6 不同国籍人的单复数
国籍 总称（谓语用复数） 单数 复数
中国人 the Chinese a Chinese two Chinese
瑞士人 the Swiss a Swiss two Swiss
澳大利亚人 the Australians an Australian two Australians
俄国人 the Russians a Russian two Russians
意大利人 the Italians an Italian two Italians
希腊人 the Greek a Greek two Greeks
法国人 the French a Frenchman two Frenchmen
日本人 the Japanese a Japanese two Japanese
美国人 the Americans an American two Americans
印度人 the Indians an Indian two Indians
加拿大人 the Canadians a Canadian two Canadians
德国人 the Germans a Germans two Germans
英国人 the English an Englishman two Englishmen
瑞典人 the Swedish a Swede two Swedes
1.7 名词的格
英语中有些名词可以加“'s”来表示所有关系，带这种词尾的名词形式称为该名词的所有格，如：a teacher's book。名词所有格的规则如下：
1） 单数名词词尾加“'s”，复数名词词尾没有s，也要加“'s”，如the boy's bag 男孩的书包，men's room 男厕所。
2） 若名词已有复数词尾-s ，只加“ ' ”，如：the workers' struggle 工人的斗争。
3） 凡不能加“'s”的名词，都可以用“名词+of +名词”的结构来表示所有关系，如：the title of the song 歌的名字。
4） 在表示店铺或教堂的名字或某人的家时，名词所有格的后面常常不出现它所修饰的名词，如：the barber's 理发店。
5） 如果两个名词并列，并且分别有's，则表示“分别有”；只有一个's，则表示'共有'。例如：
John's and Mary's rooms（两间） John and Mary's room（一间）
6） 复合名词或短语，'s 加在最后一个词的词尾。例如：a month or two's absence
1.8 练习
1. He was eager to make some extra money, since during these years he could hardly live on his_______.
a． little wage b. few wage c. wage d. wages
2. Most of the houses in the village were burnt to ______ during the war.
a. an ash b. the ash c. ash d. ashes
3. The students at colleges or universities are making ______ for the coming New Year.
a.many preparations b. much preparation c. preparations d. preparation
4. Painting in _____ is one of their spare-time activities.
a. oil b. an oil c. oils d. the oil
5. In the view of the foreign experts, there wasn’t ____ oil here.
a. much b. lots of c. a great deal of d. many
6. The large houses are being painted, but ______.
a. of great expense b. at a great expense c. in a lot of expenses d. by high expense
7. The room was small and contained far too ______.
a.much new furniture c. much new furnitures
b.many new furniture d. many new furnitures
8. Jim was late for two classes this morning. He said that he forgot both of the ______.
a. rooms number b. room number c. room’s numbers d. room numbers
9.Computers can do ______ work in a short time, but a man can not do ______ by himself.
a great many…many c. much…a great deal
b. a great deal of…much d. many…a great many
10. She didn’t know _____ he had been given.
a. how many information c. how many informations
b. the number of information d. how much information
11. He invited all of his ______ to join his wedding party.
a. comrade-in-arms c. comrades-in-arm
b. comrades-in-arms d. comrade-in-arm
12. All the ______ in the hospital got a rise last month.
a. women doctors c. woman doctors
b. women doctor d. woman doctor
13.After ten years, all these youngsters became_____.
a. growns-ups c. growns-up
b. grown-up d. grown-ups
14.The police investigated those _____ about the accident.
a. stander-by c. standers-by
b. stander-bys d. standers-bys
15.The Nazi kept those ______ in their concentration camp.
a.prisoner-of-wars c. prisoners-of-war
b.prisoners-of-wars d. prisoner-of-war
16.The manager was greatly appreciate that _____ made by Linda lately.
a. new reel b. news reel c. new-reels d. news reels
17.Mary’s dress is similar in appearance to her ______.
a. elder sister b. elder sister’s c. elder sisters d. elder sisters dress
18.All the people at the conference are ______.
a. mathematic teachers c. mathematics teacher
b.mathematics teachers d. mathematic’s teachers
19.Professor Mackay told us that ______ of lead are its softness and its resistance.
a. some property c. properties
b. some properties d. property
20.Physics _____ with matter and motion.
a. deal b. deals c. dealing d. are
21.He has written several books, but his last works _____ well known among his friends.
a. have b. have been c. is d. are
22.After he checked up my ______ heart, the doctor advised him to rest for a few days.
a. father-in-law’s c. father’s-in-law
b. father-in-law d. father’s-in-law’s
23.He told me _____ would come to his birthday party.
a. many Jack friends c. many Jack’s friend
b. Jack’s many friends d. many friends of Jack’s
24.I had my hair cut at the _____ around the corner.
a.barber b. barbers c. barber’s d. barbers’
25.Yesterday evening we had a lovely evening at ______.
a. Peter and Helen’s c. Peter and Helen
b. Peter and Helens d. Peter’s and Helen’s
26.______ receives only a small portion of the total amount of the sun’s energy.
a. The earth’s surface c. The surface of earth
b. The surface earth d. The earth surface
27.Numerous materials are available to ______.
a. today of designers c. today’s of designers
b. today’s designers d. today designers
28.Why did you speak to Peter that way? Don’t you know he is an old friend of ______?
a. my brother b. my brothers c. my brother’s d. my brother’s friend
29.______ is a well-informed man. He can tell you anything you want to know.
a. This John’s old friend c. That’s Jahn’s old friend
b. This old friend of John d. This old friend of John’s
30.______ is too much for a little boy to carry.
a.A bike’s weight c. The weight of a bike
b.The weights of a bike d. Bile’s weight
31.Generally there are ______ television programs for children on Saturday.
a.little b. much c. a large number of d. a large amount of
32.When they got to the lecture-room, there were ______ left.
a.only few seats b. a very few seats c. only a few seats d. so a few seats
33.______ travels faster when the zip code is indicated on the envelope.
a. A little mail b. A piece of mail c. A mail d. A small mail
34.The Department purchased ______ to improve the working conditions there.
a. a new equipment c. new equipments
b. a new piece of equipment d. new pieces of equipments
35.The boy tried hard but there has been ______ in his work.
a.little improvement c. many improvements
b. a little improvement d. few improvements
36.Today’s modern TV cameras require ______ light as compared with the earlier models.
a. only a few b. only few c. only a little d. only little
37.No country can afford to neglect ______.
a.an education b. educations c. education d. the education
38.Please write the answers to the questions at the end of ______.
a. eighth chapter b. chapter eight c. eight chapter d. chapter the eight
39.______ is only surpassed by that of monkeys’ and apes’.
a.The intelligent dog c. The intelligence of dogs
b.The dogs whose intelligence d. The dogs being intelligent
40.All ______ must take the graduate Management Admission Test.
a. business student b. business’s students c. business students d. business’s student
41.______ anywhere in the United States costs less than a dollar when you dial it yourself.
a.Three minutes call c. A three-minutes call
b.Three-minute call d. A three-minute call
42.The ______ about nuclear energy revolves around the waste problem.
a.public’s chief concern c. chief public concern
b.public chief concern d. chief concern of public’s
43.______ the first and largest ethnic group to work on the construction of the transcontinental railroad.
a. Chinese were b. The Chinese was c. Chinese was d. The Chinese were
44.______ can get a better view of the game than the participants.
a.Looker-on b. Lookers-on c. Looker-ons c. Lookers-ons
45.A group of spectators was dispersed by the police who ______ at the scene of the accidents within minutes.
a. were b. have been c. was d. has been
46.Our livestock ______ not as numerous as they used to be.
a.is b. are c. be d. been
47.One of the most surprising things is that ______ may come from petroleum.
a. much of tomorrow food c. many of tomorrow’s food
b. much of the food of tomorrow d. much of tomorrow’s food
48.Scott is an orphan but he received ______.
a.very good education c. a very good education
b.very good educations d. many good educations
49.After several day’s hardworking, we have made ______ on the design.
a. much improvement c. many improvement
b. several improvements d. some improvement
50.The boy was very happy that his mother bought him a new pair of shoes at a ______ yesterday.
a.shoes shop b. shoe shop c. shoes’s shop d. shoe’s
51.Eggs, though nourishing, have ______ of fat content.
a.large number b. a large number c. a high amount d. the high amount
52.He has done some ______ on that subject from various angles over the past ten years.
a.research b. a research c. researches d. the researches
53.Recently, he has lost all his ______.
a.wage and saving at card c. wages and saving at card
b.wages and savings at card d. wages and savings at cards
54.The country’s wealth comes chiefly from its many ______.
a.herd of cattle b. heard of cattles c. herds of cattle d. herds of cattles
55.In Britain the ______ are all painted red.
a.letter boxes b. letters box c. letters boxes d. letters’s box
56.Ten years had passed. I found she had ______.
a.a little white hair c. a few white hair
b.some white hair d. much white hair
57.All his ______ far from satisfaction
a. conduct is b. conduct are c. conducts is d. conducts will be
58.Although the town had been attacked by the storm several times, ______ was done.
a. a few damages b. few damages c. little damage d. a little damage
59.He was ______ what to do.
a. at his wit end b. at his wits end c. at his wit’s end d. at his wits’s end
60.Would you like to have a cup of tea and ______ with me?
a two toasts b. two pieces of toast c. two piece of toasts d. tow pieces of toasts
61.Accurate ______ covering the fact are not obtainable.
a. datum b. datums c. data d. datas
62.On Monday morning some teachers exchanged a few ______.
a. how-are-yous c. how-are-you’s
b. of how-are-you’s d. of how are you
63.Albert said he met the girl ______
a. at his uncle’s Smith room c. at his uncle Smith’s room
b. at Smith’s his uncle’s room d. at the room of his uncle’s Smith’s
64.It is four months since I last saw Keats ______.
a. at Mrt Smith’s ,the book seller c. at my aunt’s, a book seller
b. at my aunt’s, Mrs Palmer’s d. at Mrs Palmer’s, the book seller’s
65.This room is ______.
a. the editor’s-in-chief’s office c. the editor-in-chief’s office
b. the editor-in-chief office d. the editor’s-in-chief office
66.My old classmate, Comrade Sun ,works at ______.
a. a teacher college c. a teacher’s college
b. a teachers’s college d. a college of a teacher’s
67.The policemen put the criminal ______.
a. in a iron b. into a iron c. in irons d. into a pair of iron
68.Our teacher gave me ______.
a. an advice b. the advice c. many advice d. much advice
69.My mother cut the cloth with ______ scissors.
a. a b. two c. a couple of d. a pair of
70.My house is within ______ from the railway station.
a. a stone’s throw b. a throw of a stone c. stone’s throw d. the stone’s throw
附：介词练习
1. She is such an irritating woman, I don’t know how you can ______ her.
a. put up b. stand up to c. stand with d. put up with
2. To get my traveler’s check I had to ______ a special check to the bank for the total amount.
a. make for b. make out c. make off d. make up
3. Little boys are easily ______.
a. taken in b. taken away c. taken out d. taken over
4. The company is going to hand ______ the free samples tomorrow.
a. up b. out c. on d. down
5. It was purely ______ chance that the mistake was discovered.
a. in b. for c. by d. from
6. The magician picked several persons ______ from the audience and asked them to help him with the performance.
a. by accident b. on occasion c. on average d. at random
7. I left for the office earlier than usual this morning ______ traffic jam.
a. in case of b. in line with c. for the sake of d. at the risk of
8. Some areas, _______ their severe weather conditions, are hardly populated.
a. but for b. in spite of c. due to d. with regard to
9. Visitors are asked to comply ______ the regulations.
a. at b. in c. with d. on
10. He ______ so much work that he couldn’t really do it efficiently.
a. put on b. took on c. brought on d. turned on
11.In order to save time, I ______ my shopping to once a week.
a. cut off b. cut out c. cut up d. cut down
12.The idea has ______ that science cannot be wrong.
a. piled up b. picked up c. grown up d. put up
13.he did everything he could to prevent if from ______ into fighting.
a. breaking off b. breaking up c. breaking out d. breaking of
14.The construction of the new building will cost ______ 1,000,000 dollars, and it’s not easy to get so much money.
a. at last b. at most c. at least d. at large
15.The thief ran away as fast as he could ______ the policeman.
a. in sight b. within the sight of c. within sight d. at the sight of
16.For too long, European can makers have fought to ______ old ways and old privileges.
a. hang on to b. have access to c. refer to d. see to
17.Whoever ______ a full night’s sleep will be more than rewarded in heightened productivity, creativity and focus.
a. invests at b. invests in c. invests by d. invests with
18.Prior ______ his departure, he wrote a letter to his mother.
a. of b. from c. to d. in
19.The company is very famous ______ the high quality of its products.
a. in b. for c. by d. with
20.Once he was given a chance to improve his position in the firm, he seized it ______ both hands and is now on his way to the top.
a. on b. at c. in d. with
21.These misfortunes almost deprived him ______ his future career.
a. with b. of c. from d. beyond
22.I don’t ______ the expense; I want the party to be a real success.
a. care for b. care about c. be in care of d. take care of
23.We must get the roof mended before the wet weather sets ______.
a. about b. on c. up d. in
24.The car pulled ______ beside me and the driver asked me to way to the Great Wall.
a. down b. off c. up d. out
25.After the war, many warships were laid ______ as they were not needed any longer.
a. up b. aside c. down d. over
26.When the rebellion died ______ things quickly returned to normal.
a. out b. away c. down d. through
27.I’ll pick you ______ at your college gate and take you straight to the station.
a. on b. off c. out d. up
28.Will you please see ______ our luggage when I am away?
a. to b. in c. with d. for
29.______ they reached the small village before dusk.
a. Towards the end b. By the end c. In the end d. At the end
30.Mary has left the book on the table ______ purpose so that you can read it.
a. with b. on c. in d. out of
31.That noise is getting louder because the engineers are ______ the engine to see if the plane is ready to fly.
a. doing with b. running up c. turning in d. trying for
32.The government is looking ______ new methods of raising money without increasing taxes.
a. down on b. upon c. out for d. around
33.Man is superior to the animals ______ he sues language to convey his thoughts.
a. and that b. in that c. so that d. in order that
34.Not long ago, a person who I know every well was ______ an accident.
a. related to b. included in c. involved in d. subject to
35.I ______ to him for the error.
a. excused b. pardoned c. forgave d. apologized
36.Though we have no interests ______ common, we are good friends.
a. on b. in c. for d. at
37.The purse has returned to the original owner ______.
a. in a long time b. in a long run c. in no time d. at no time
38.We can’t hope to catch up with that car ______ us.
a. in advance of b. in the front of c. at the frontier of d. ahead of
39.Some animals will modify their behavior to ______ their environment.
a. adapt to b. adopt to c. suit to d. conform to
40.Don't ______ going abroad this summer, we may not have enough money.
a. count on b. come on c. attend upon d. frown upon
41.Don’t suspect your daughter ______ dishonesty.
a. of b. for c. with d. to
42.At the head of the valley we turned right and ______ the summit.
a. set up b. took up c. made for d. went for
43.Her type of women can ______ life much more easily.
a. cope with b. take advantage of c. take care of d. look after
44.The manager accused one of the hotel servants ______ stealing the money.
a. for b. with c. of d. about
45.It is difficult to _____ the implication between the lines.
a. get to b. get into c. get over d. get at
46.While living there, she ______ the local accent.
a. picked on b. picked at c. picked up d. picked out
47.We adopted the new method _____ raising our efficiency.
a. in the event of b. on account of c. with a view of d. with regard to
48.______ the light of what you have told me, I will say that it is he who came here yesterday.
a. By b. In c. Of d. Under
49.They will place China in the front ranks of countries of the world ______ the output of major industrial products.
a. in support of b. in connection with c. in terms of d. by means of
50.When they had finished playing, the children were made to ______ all the toys they had taken out.
a. put off b. put away c. put up d. put out
51.He failed to supply the facts relevant ______ the case in question.
a. for b. with c. of d. to
52.In Britain, and on the Continent too, the Japanese are viewed _______ a threat to domestic industries.
a. like b. as c. with d. for
53.When Jack was eighteen he ______ going around with a strange set of people and staying out very late.
a. took up b. took for c. took to d. took on
54.While in London, we paid a visit to the hospital founded ______ the nurse Florence Nightingale.
a. in line with b. in favor of c. in place d. in honor of
55.A poor man has to ______ many thing which a rich man regards as almost necessaries in life.
a. go through b. go without c. go over d. go about
56.Digital computers are practical ______ their high speed of operation.
a. instead of b. because of c. regardless of d. in spite of
57._____ the many hours of study that he devoted to the subject, he still found the subject matter difficult.
a. After b. Due to c. Despite d. As for
58.The early part of the concert ______ comparatively satisfactorily.
a. went after b. went down c. went off d. went up
59.Mary is _______ her face ready for the party.
a. clearing up b. holding up c. keeping up d. making up
60. _______ a prolonged spell of fine weather, they were able to complete the film within the month.
a. As to b. Thanks to c. In relation to d. With respect to
61.One day people will be able to go to the moon _____ holiday.
a. on b. during c. for d. in
62.How did it come _____ that you made a lot of mistakes in your homework?
a. about b. after c. with d. to
63.Whatever the rule is, you may be sure he will keep _____ it.
a. on b. in c. off d. to
64.In one firm alone over three hundred people were laid _____ during the last month.
a. in b. out c. on d. off
65.The safety of shops ______ sea depends much on the warnings given by lighthouses.
a. in b. across c. on d. at
66.The mass of an object is multiplied by the speed of light squared, _____ other words , the speed of light is multiplied by itself.
a. by b. for c. in d. with
67.The new system encourages companies to compete with each other ______ equal terms.
a. on b. in c. with d. for
68.You should stick _____ the point in debate.
a. to b. at c. in d. for
69.Tom has been sad recently, for his plan to go to college _____ at the last moment.
a. fell out b. fell behind c. fell in d. fell through
70.David likes country life and has decided to ______ farming.
a. go in for b. go into c. go through d. go after
71.The police haven’t caught the murder alive yet, but they are convinced that the really important facts of the case will soon ________ .
a. come into force b. come into contact c. come into light d. come down to earth
72.The teacher expects us to do all the exercises, to study the spelling list and to get our paper ______ time.
a. in b. on c. at d. by
73.Having been told bad weather was on the way, the climbers decided to ______ their attempt on Mount Tai until the following week.
a. give up b. deny to c. put off d. refuse to
74.Bill did not hear the telephone because he was completely ______ his reading.
a. absorbed for b. absorbed by c. absorbed on d. absorbed in
75.Unwanted tickets can be given ______ at the theatre office window up to half an hour before the performance.
a. in b. out c. off d. over
76.Science was ______ regarded as a part of philosophy.
a. at time b. at all time c. at a time d. at one time
77.The newly designed machines are high ______ quality.
a. on b. in c. for d. with
78.Some quite artistic, yet inexpensive fabrics are now being _____ from British mills.
a. turned over b. turned out c. turned up d. turned off
79.The mother scolded the boy ______ not cleaning up his room.
a. to b. with c. at d. for
80.______ my car is being made ready for a long journey.
a. In the moment b. For the moment c. At the moment d. By the moment
81.I’m bad ______ remembering faces.
a. at b. in c. with d. on
82.Oil drilling in that area has now stopped because the company has ______ money.
a. come out of b. come off c. run out of d. run down
83.The doctor was always ______ the poor and the sick, often giving them free medical services.
a. reminded of b. absorbed in c. tended by d. concerned about
84.The company will send a representative to ______ their business in that region.
a. attend to b. attempt at c. associate with d. approve of
85.Milk is ______ memories of home and mother so people away from home drink more milk.
a. bound to b. kept to c. referred to d. tied to
86.Despite the traffic lights ahead, the car continued ______ full speed.
a. with b. in on d. at
87.Something strange seems to be _____ me since I have been taking this drug.
a. running into b. coming across c. happening to d. falling on
88.The shopkeeper was ______ inside his own shop, and all the day’s money was stolen.
a. held over b. held up c. held out d. held off
89.Earth-like planets are extremely common in the Universe, ______ the latest computer simulation of the formation of the Solar System.
a. according to b. in addition to c. in regard to d. thanks to
90.In Brazil, spending on science and technology ______ just 0.6 percent of gross national product.
a. makes for b. makes up for c. accounts for d. stands for
91.______, wherever he lives, a man belongs to some society.
a. For short b. In short c. Of short d. On short
92.A man who could ______ such treatment was a man of remarkable physical courage and moral strength.
a. bear upon b. insist on c. stand up to d. persist in
93.Is his action consistent ______ his principles?
a. with b. in c. of d. by
94.He is by far the best player ______ the team.
a. for b. on c. in d. to
95.A foreign firm has bought more than half of the shares in his company and ______.
a. got over it b. overtaken it c. taken it over d. overcome it
96.After a heated bargaining they agreed ______ the price for the car.
a. to b. with c. on d. in
97._______ all the difficulties and discomforts, they went on working at the design.
a. Because of b. In proportion with c. As a result of d. In spite of
98.all questions left ______ by history must be settled one by one.
a. alone b. off c. out d. over
99.It is just three o’clock p.m. The plane just _____ five minutes ago.
a. took off b. took up c. took out d. took in
100.The government warned the people living in the forest to be ______ fire.
a. with regard to b. on guard c. on guard against d. in regard to
101.During sleep blood pressure is normally ______ its lowest.
a. in b. for c. at d. by
102.The parents and the children will have to leave the country ______ good.
a. with c. over c. on d. for
103.Neither their parents nor their friends have approved ______ their marriage yet.
a. for b. of c. to d. with
104.Classroom testing, if well done, most certainly ______ a stimulus to study and real learning.
a. acts for b. acts on c. acts as d. acts to
105.In the experiment we kept a watchful eye ______ the developments and recorded every detail.
a. in b. at c. for d. on
106.The French pianist who had been praised very highly ______ to be a great disappointment.
a. turned up b. turned in c. turned out d. turned down
107.In the advanced course students must take performance tests ______ monthly intervals.
a. in b. over c. at d. between
108.We regret to inform you that the materials you ordered are ______.
a. out of work b. out of reach c. out of practice d. out of stock
109.In the United States professors have many other duties ______ teaching, such as administrative or research work.
a. besides b. except c. but d. with
110.he attempted ______ to set up a company of his own.
a. with vain b. on vain c. in vain d. of vain
111.On hearing the news that her father died, she ______ tears.
a. burst out b. burst in c. burst into d. burst forth
112.She was annoyed at his comment, thinking that he visitor _____ her.
a. looked down b. looked highly of c. looked low at d. looked down upon
113.______ comparison to my boyhood, my undergraduate years in Oklahoma were paradise.
a. In b. With c. By d. For
114.The United States is a major consumer of coffee, yet it does not have the climate to grow any ______ its own.
a. on b. for c. of d. to
115.The accounts have always been handled ______ the banks policies.
a. in accordance with c. in connection with
c. in contrast with d. in line with
116.His inability to learn foreign languages was an obstacle ______ his career.
a. of b. to c. for d. as
117.The purpose of the official inquiry is to ______ the true facts leading to the loss of the ship at sea.
a. come at b. come for c. come into d. come over
118.Business picked up in the stores during December, but ______ again after Christmas.
a. dropped off b. dropped out c. dropped over d. dropped on
119.Many words associated with life in the West are Spanish ______ origin.
a. on b. in c. at d. from
120.The custom of visiting friends, relatives and neighbors on New Year’s Day is one the Old World traditions that has ______ a new form in the United States.
a. taken up b. taken on c. taken over d. taken off
121.Some workers fear the loss of social identity that can ______ not having a job.
a. result in b. result from c. bring up d. bring on
122.Most of the leading food shops have promised to ______ prices until after the new year.
a. keep off b. keep down c. keep out d. keep back
123.______ classical music, which follows formal European traditions, jazz is a spontaneous and free form.
a. In comparison with b. In connection with c. In contrast to d. In regard to
124.Alice ______ when a crowd from a train rushed through the gate.
a. looked after b. looked in c. looked over d. looked up
125.The news of important events is broadcast often _______ over television.
a. on the average b. on the contrary c. on the spot d. on the whole
22.1 名词练习答案
1 D 15 B 29 D 43 D 57 A
2 D 16 B 30 B 44 B 58 C
3 C 17 B 31 C 45 A 59 D
4 C 18 C 32 C 46 B 60 B
5 A 19 C 33 B 47 D 61 C
6 C 20 B 34 C 48 B 62 B
7 A 21 C 35 A 49 C 63 B
8 D 22 A 36 C 50 B 64 D
9 C 23 D 37 C 51 C 65 B
10 D 24 C 38 B 52 A 66 C
11 C 25 A 39 B 53 D 67 C
12 A 26 A 40 C 54 C 68 D
13 D 27 C 41 D 55 A 69 D
14 B 28 C 42 A 56 D 70 A
22.2 介词练习答案
1 D 19 B 37 C 55 B 73 C 91 B 109 A
2 B 20 D 38 D 56 B 74 D 92 C 110 C
3 A 21 B 39 A 57 C 75 A 93 A 111 C
4 B 22 B 40 A 58 C 76 D 94 B 112 D
5 C 23 D 41 A 59 D 77 B 95 C 113 A
6 D 24 C 42 C 60 B 78 B 96 C 114 C
7 A 25 A 43 A 61 A 79 D 97 D 115 A
8 C 26 C 44 C 62 A 80 C 98 D 116 B
9 C 27 D 45 D 63 D 81 A 99 A 117 A
10 B 28 A 46 C 64 D 82 C 100 C 118 A
11 D 29 C 47 D 65 D 83 D 101 C 119 B
12 C 30 B 48 B 66 C 84 A 102 D 120 B
13 C 31 B 49 C 67 A 85 D 103 B 121 A
14 C 32 C 50 B 68 A 86 D 104 C 122 B
15 D 33 B 51 D 69 D 87 C 105 D 123 C
16 A 34 C 52 B 70 A 88 B 106 C 124 D
17 B 35 D 53 C 71 C 89 A 107 C 125 D
18 C 36 B 54 D 72 B 90 C 108 D 126
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇4：高三英语复习与训练二--冠词和数词 (人教版高二英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练二--冠词和数词
2. 冠词和数词
2.1 不定冠词的用法
冠词本身不能单独使用，也没有词义，它用在名词的前面，帮助指明名词的含义。英语中的冠词有三种，一种是定冠词，另一种是不定冠词，还有一种是零冠词。
不定冠词a （an）与数词one 同源，是“一个”的意思。a用于辅音音素前，一般读作[e]，而an则用于元音音素前，一般读做[en]。
1） 表示“一个”，意为one；指某人或某物，意为a certain。例如：
A Mr. Ling is waiting for you. 有位姓凌的先生在等你。
2） 代表一类人或物。例如：
A knife is a tool for cutting with. 刀是切割的工具。
Mr. Smith is an engineer. 史密斯先生是工程师。
3） 组成词组或成语，如a little / a few / a lot / a type of / a pile / a great many / many a / as a rule / in a hurry / in a minute / in a word / in a short while / after a while / have a cold / have a try /keep an eye on / all of a sudden等。
2.2 定冠词的用法
定冠词the与指示代词this，that同源，有“那（这）个”的意思，但意义较弱，可以和一个名词连用，来表示某个或某些特定的人或东西。
1）特指双方都明白的人或物。例如：
Take the medicine. 把药吃了。
2）上文提到过的人或事。例如：
He bought a house. I've been to the house. 他买了幢房子。我去过那幢房子。
3）指世上独一物二的事物，如the sun， the sky， the moon， the earth等。
4）与单数名词连用表示一类事物，如the dollar 美元; the fox 狐狸；或与形容词或分词连用，表示一类人：the rich 富人; the living 生者。
5）用在序数词和形容词最高级，及形容词only，very，same等前面。例如：
Where do you live? I live on the second floor. 你住在哪？我住在二层。
That's the very thing I've been looking for. 那正是我要找的东西。
6）与复数名词连用，指整个群体。例如：
They are the teachers of this school.（指全体教师）
They are teachers of this school. （指部分教师）
7）表示所有，相当于物主代词，用在表示身体部位的名词前。例如：
She caught me by the arm.. 她抓住了我的手臂。
8）用在某些由普通名词构成的国家名称、机关团体、阶级、等专有名词前。例如：
the People's Republic of China 中华人民共和国
the United States 美国
9）用在表示乐器的名词之前。例如：
She plays the piano. 她会弹钢琴。
10） 用在姓氏的复数名词之前，表示一家人。例如：
the Greens 格林一家人 （或格林夫妇）
11） 用在惯用语中。例如：
in the day, in the morning （afternoon，evening）, the day after tomorrow
the day before yesterday, the next morning,
in the sky （water，field，country）
in the dark, in the rain, in the distance,
in the middle （of）, in the end,
on the whole, by the way, go to the theatre
2.3 零冠词的用法
1） 国名，人名前通常不用定冠词：England，Mary。
2）泛指的复数名词，表示一类人或事物时，可不用定冠词。例如：
They are teachers. 他们是教师。
3）抽象名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词。例如：
Failure is the mother of success. 失败乃成功之母。
4）物质名词表示一般概念时，通常不加冠词，当表示特定的意思时，需要加定冠词。例如：
Man cannot live without water. 离开水人就无法生存。
5）在季节、月份、节日、假日、日期、星期等表示时间的名词之前，不加冠词。例如：
We go to school from Monday to Friday. 我们从星期一到星期五都上课。
6）在称呼或表示官衔，职位的名词前不加冠词。例如：
The guards took the American to General Lee. 士兵们把这个美国人送到李将军那里。
7）在三餐、球类运动和娱乐运动的名称前，不加冠词，如have breakfast，play chess。
8）当两个或两个以上名词并用时，常省去冠词。例如：
I can't write without pen or pencil. 没有钢笔和铅笔，我就写不了字。
9）当by 与火车等交通工具连用，表示一种方式时，中间无冠词，如by bus，by train。
10）有些个体名词不用冠词，如school，college，prison，market，hospital，bed，table，class，town，church，court 等个体名词，直接置于介词后，表示该名词的深层含义。例如：
go to hospital 去医院看病
go to the hospital 去医院 （并不是去看病，而是有其他目的）
11）不用冠词的序数词；
a. 序数词前有物主代词时。
b. 序数词作副词。例如：He came first in the race. 他跑步得了第一。
c. 在固定词组中，如at（the）first, first of all, from first to last等。
2.4 冠词与形容词+名词结构
1） 两个形容词都有冠词，表示两个不同的人或物。例如：
He raises a black and a white cat. 他养了一只黑猫和一只白猫。
The black and the white cats are hers. 这只黑猫和白猫都是他的。
2） 如后一个形容词无冠词，则指一人或一物。例如：
He raises a black and white cat. 他养了一只花猫。
2.5 冠词位置
1） 不定冠词位置
不定冠词常位于名词或名词修饰语前。注意：
a. 位于such，what，many，half等形容词之后。例如：
I have never seen such an animal. 我从来没见过这样的动物。
Many a man is fit for the job. 许多人适合这岗位。
b. 当名词前的形容词被副词as, so, too, how, however, enough修饰时，不定冠词应放在形容词之后。例如：
It is as pleasant a day as I have ever spent. 我从未这么高兴过。
So short a time 如此短的时间
Too long a distance 距离太远了
c. quite，rather与单数名词连用，冠词放在其后。但当rather，quite 前仍有形容词，不定冠词放其前后均可，如：rather a cold day/a rather cold day。
d. 在as，though 引导的让步状语从句中，当表语为形容词修饰的名词时，不定冠词放形容词后。例如：Brave a man though he is，he trembles at the sight of snakes. 他尽管勇敢，可见到蛇还是发抖。
2） 定冠词位置
定冠词通常位于名词或名词修饰语前，但放在all， both，double，half，twice，three times等词之后，名词之前。例如：All the students in the class went out. 班里的所有学生都出去了。
2.6 数词
表示数目多少或顺序多少的词叫数词，数词分为基数词和序数词。表示数目多少的数词叫基数词；表示顺序的数词叫序数词。
一、基数词
1）基数词一般可写成如345或three hundred and forty-five。
2）基数词一般是单数形式，但遇下列情况，常用复数：
a. 与of 短语连用，表示概数，不能与具体数目连用，如scores of people 指许多人；
b. 在一些表示“一排”或“一组”的词组里。例如：
They arrived in twos and threes. 他们三三两两的到了。
c. 表示“几十岁”。
d. 表示“年代”，用 in +the +数词复数。
e. 在乘法运算的一种表示法里，如Three fives is（are）fifteen。
二、序数词
序数词的缩写形式如first---1st second---2nd thirty-first---31st等。
三、数词的用法
1）倍数表示法
a. 主语+谓语+倍数（或分数）+ as + adj. + as。例如
I have three times as many as you. 我有你三倍那么多。
b. 主语+谓语+倍数（分数）+ the size （amount，length…） of…。例如：
The earth is 49 times the size of the moon. 地球是月球的49倍。
c. 主语+谓语+倍数（分数）+ 形容词（副词）比较级+ than…。例如：
The grain output is 8 percent higher this year than that of last year. 今年比去年粮食产量增加8%。
d. 还可以用by+倍数，表示增加多少倍。例如：
The production of grain has been increased by four times this year. 今年粮食产量增加了4倍。
2）分数表示法的构成：基数词代表分子，序数词代表分母。分子大于1时，分子的序数词用单数，分母序数词用复数。例如：
1/3 one-third； 3/37 three and three-sevenths.
2.7 冠词练习
1.When Linda was a child, her mother always let her have ______ bed.
a. the breakfast in b. the breakfast in the c. breakfast in d. breakfast in the
2.He has promised to give up ______ hundreds of times.
a. a tobacco b. tobacco c. the tobacco d. tobaccos
3.______ usually go to church every Sunday.
a. The Brown b. A Brown c. Browns d. The Browns
4.The train is running fifty miles ______.
a. an hour b. one hour c. the hour d. a hour
5.He can play almost every kind of music instrument but he is good ______.
a. at the flute b. at flute c. at a flute d. at that flute
6.The investigators found that more should be done for ______ in India.
a. those poor b. a poor c. poor d. the poor
7.You look in high spirit. You must have ______ during your holiday.
a. wonderful time b. a wonderful time c. the wonderful time d. some wonderful time
8.The city assigned a policeman to the school crossing because ______ traffic there was so heavy.
a a b. an c. the d. one
9.A new teacher was sent to the village in place of ______ one who had retired.
a. a b. the c. an d. its
10.Virtue and vice are before you;______ leads you to happiness,______ to misery.
a. the former…latter b. a former…a latter
c. the former…the latter d. former…latter
11.The children in the kinder-garden soon took ______ to their teachers.
a. quite fancy b. a quite fancy c. quite a fancy d. the quite fancy
12.______ tend to bemoan the lack of character in the young generation.
a. The old b. Old c. Elderly d. Older
13.A man suffering from a chock should be given ______.
a. hot sweet tea b. a hot sweet tea c. the hot sweet tea d. one hot sweet tea
14.He answered my questions with ______ not to be expected of an ordinary schoolboy.
a. his accuracy b. a accuracy c. the accuracy d. an accuracy
15.If you go by train you can have quite ______ comfortable journey.
a. the b. one c. a d. that
16.We’re going to ______ with ______ today, aren’t we?
a. the tea…the Smiths b. tea…those Smiths c. a tea…a Smith d. tea…the Smiths
17.I want an assistant with ______ knowledge of French and ______ experience of office routine.
a. the…the b. a…the c. a…an d. the…an
18.Ann’s habit of riding a motorcycle up and down the road early in the morning annoyed the neighbors and ______ they took her to the court.
a. in the end b. at the end c. in an end d. in end
19.It is reported that today ______ president will have lunch with ______ President Omon.
a. the…the b. a…a c. the…/ d. /…/
20.Tianan Men Square and ______ Great Wall are tow of the places everyone should see in ______ People’s Republic of China.
a. the…the b. /…/ c. the…/ d. /…the
21.It has long been known that there is an electric field ______.
a. inside the earth b. inside earth c. inside an earth d. on earth
22.______ much harder work, the volunteers were able to place the raging forest fire______.
a. By the means of…under the control b. By means of…under control
c.By means of…under a control d. By a means of…under control
23.No sooner had the man departed than the tree began dropping coffee beans ______.
a. by the thousand b. by a thousand c. by thousands d. by thousand
24.He expressed ______ of their having ever been married.
a. the doubt b. a doubt c. doubt d. an doubt
25.He saw through the little boy’s tricks ______.
a. at glance b. at the glance c. at some glance d. at a glance
26.Their victory is ______,for they’ve lost too many men.
a.out of question b. out of the question c. out question d. of question
27.Many a girl wants to become ______.
a. some secretary b. a secretary c. secretary d. secretaries
28.He grabbed me ______ and pulled me onto the bus.
a. a arm b. an arm c. the arm d. by the arm
29.I’ll come in ______ minute; in fact I’ll come ______ moment I’m through.
a./…the b. a…the c. the…a d. /…/
30.This is one of ______ interesting books on your subject.
a.the most b. the most of the c. most d. most of the
31.He enjoys life ______ the “Queen Anne”.
a. on a board b . on board c. in the board d. board
32.He lost his fob and ______ his wife left him.
a. on that top b. on top of that c. on a top of that d. on the top
33.Most of the representatives think that ______ the meeting was very successful.
a. on whole of b. on a whole c. on the whole d. on the whole that
34.Under no circumstances will there be wage control while I am ______ of the government.
a.the head b. a head c. head d. that head
35.Like his sister, David needed ______ from some generous person in order to get home.
a. a ride b. some ride c. ride d. the ride
36.The brain’s left hemisphere controls logic and language, while ______controls intuitive talents and musical ability.
a. the right b. a right c. that right d. right one
37.______ is setting up a research team to see how children react to video games.
a. The Japan’s Health Ministry b. Japan’s health Ministry
b. A Japan’s health Ministry d. Japan health Ministry
38.Unlike Americans, who seem to prefer coffee,______ a great deal of tea.
a. English drink b. The English drink c. English man drink d. the English drinks
39.Hundreds of people are ______ now, so there are about 50 people trying for the same position.
a.out of the work b. out work c. out of work d. out of a work
40.His mother taught ______ ,but his father was only a blue-collar worker.
a. piano b. an piano c. the piano d. a piano
41.Contrary to what I had expected, he lost for ______.
a second time b. a second time c. second times d. the second time
42.Fashions change and people change too, but the old feeling remains ______.
a. the same b. same c. that same d. as same
43.We are going to dine tomorrow with ______ to celebrate Christmas Day.
a. the Cunning b. Cunnings c. The Cunnings d. Cunning’s
44.This is ______ which is collected before the first rain in Spring.
a. one tea b. a tea c. the tea d. that tea
45.______ is known by its note,______ is known by his talk.
a. A bird/a man b. One bird/one man c. The bird/the man d. Bird/man
46.Never travel with ______ who leaves you in case of danger.
a. the friend b. that friend c. a friend d. friend
47.Do you think it possible for the North Pole to have ______ a few thousand years from now?
a. Shanghai b. a Shanghai c. the Shanghai d. one Shanghai
48.I don’t think ______ is a better car than our makes.
a. a Ford b. Ford’s c. the Ford d. Ford
49.I didn’t know why he looked angry when I patted him ______.
a. on the head b. on head c. on a head d. on his head
50.he never fails to give you ______ when you are in trouble.
a. his helping hands b. the helping hand c. helping hands d. a helping hand
51.The historical events of that period are arranged ______.
a. in alphabetical order b. in an alphabetical order
b. in the alphabetical orders d. in a alphabetical orders
52.The like to take a vacation ______.
a. one time the year b. one time in a year c. once a year d. once in a year
53.“What is Todger?” “He is ______.”
a. a poet and novelist b. a poet and a novelist
b. poet and novelist d. the poet and novelist
54.“How did you pay the workers?”
“As a rule, they are paid ______.”
a. by an your b. by the hour c. by a hour d. by hours
55.The DMZ extends about two hundred kilometers ______.
a. from east to west b. from the east to west
c. from the east to the west d. from eastern to western
56.What ______ are you planning to buy?
a. make of car b. make of the car c. make of a car d. make of cars
57.______,you can’t fool her.
a. The child though Rowena is b. Though child Rowena is
b. As child Rowena is d. Child as Rowena is
58.What’s ______ is to get information about the situation first.
a. the wisest b. a wisest c. the wiser d. wisest
59.The differences between ______ are gradually being eliminated.
a. the town and the country b. town and country
b. a town and a country d. a town and the country
60.Scientists hope to send an expedition to Mars during ______.
a. the 1990s b. the 1990 c. 1990s d. 1990’s
2.8 数词练习
1.______ martyrs have heroically laid down their lives for the people.
a. Thousand upon thousand of b. Thousand and thousands of
c. Thousands upon thousands of d. Thousand and thousand of
2.They received ______ of letters about their TV programs.
a. dozen b. dozen and dozen c score d. dozens
3.Who is that man,______ in the front row?
a. one b. the one c. first d. the first
4.We have produced ______ this year as we did in 1993.
a. as much cotton twice b. as twice much cotton
c. much as twice cotton d. twice as much cotton
5.The earth is about ______ as the moon.
a. as fifty time big b. fifty times as big c. as big fifty time d. fifty as times big
6.The population of many Alaskan cities has ______ in the past three years.
a. more than doubled b. more doubled than c. much than doubled d. much doubled than
7.The moon is about _____ in diameter as diameter as the earth.
a. one-three as large b. one three as large c. one-third as large d. one third as large
8.Five hundred yuan a month _____ enough to live on.
a. is b. are c. is being d. has been
9.______ of the buildings were ruined.
a. Three fourth b. Three four c. Three-fourths d. Three-four
10.Consult _____ for questions about earthquakes.
a. the six index b. index six c. sixth index d. index numbering six
11.She went to the countryside ______.
a. in the morning at nine/on June first,1968 b. on June first,1968/in the morning at nine
c. at nine in the morning/on June first,1968 d. on June first,1968/at nine in the morning
12.Three-fourths of the surface of the earth ______ covered with water.
a. are b. is c. were d. be
13.This month the production of stainless steel in our steelworks has increased ______ 2,000 tons.
a. with b. in c. on d. by
14.With the miniaturization of the structural components the weight of these electric devices has decreased ________ 30 percent.
a. as b. with c. in d. by
15.The Olympic Games are held ______.
a. every four years b. every four year c. every fourth years d. every four-years
16.As he is not in good health, he goes to his factory only ______ just to learn something about the progress of experiment.
a. once a week b. one week c. one time a week d. one a week
17.Three students ______ in this university come from the South.
a. of ten b. out of in ten c. out of ten d. in tens
18.Strings of the same thickness made of nylon are ______.
a. five times stronger than those b. five time stronger than those
c. five times strong than those d. five times stronger as those
19.the wheels of the old wagon are nearly ______ those of a modern car.
a. twice the size of b. twice size of c. twice sizes of d. twice the size of
20.One day on the moon is ______.
a. two Earth week long b. two Earth weeks long
b. two Earth weeks longer d. two Earth weeks length
附：限定词练习
1.My hand was hurt. Could you do ______ typing for me?
a. some b. many c. such d. any
2.There were ______ students in the reading room.
a. neither b. not c. no d. none
3.If it is of ______ use to you, please take it.
a. some b. many c. no d. any
4.I’ve invited five people to tea this afternoon. Out of them, only John and Mary can come,______ can’t.
a. other b. the other c. others d. the others
5.Most English people go to Spain for the sea, the sun and all the ______ things associated with a relaxing holiday.
a. any b. another c. some d. other
6.______ were ironed by my mother yesterday.
a. The all sheets b. all of sheets c. All the sheets d. Sheets of all
7.As usual,______ man was given his individual assignment.
a. every b. each c. all d. both
8.They saw ______ girls the day before yesterday.
a. both the other two b. the two other both c. the both other two d. the both two other
9.One uses the freezer, the computer and the business school to manufacture ______ dishes in never a tick longer than 100 seconds.
a. such others b. other such c. such other d. other such a
10.______ boxer was strong, but ______ had a good build and was light on his feet.
a.Either/every b. Neither/each c. Both/both d. All the/all
11.______ was astonished to find himself rooting and shouting in a most undignified manner.
a. Many elderly man b. A many elderly men
c. Many an elderly man d. Many elderly men
12.I know now, of course, there is ______ as love.
a. no such a thing b. not such thing c. not a thing d. no such thing
13.As there were ______ life-boats for everybody,40 lives were lost.
a. as little b. so little c. too few d. very few
14.He was brave;_____ soldiers fought so bravely in that battle.
a. no others b. no another c. no other d. not other
15.I don’t think we have met before. I’m afraid you’re confusing me with ______.
a. some other b. some other person c. other person d. one other
16. 16.Weekends last from Friday evening to Sunday night.______ days are week-days.
a. The other b. Another c. Other d. Every other
17.We had ______ good time that we hated to leave the party.
a. such a b. such c. so d. pretty
18.Paris is ______ that we can hardly visit all the beautiful parks in two or three days.
a. such large a city b. so a large city c. such a large city d. a such large city
19.Deputies to the National People’s Congress are elected_______.
a. every four year b. each four years c. every of four years d. every four years
20.There is hardly ______difference between the two libraries.
a. no b. any c. much d. some
21.For young people, Carpenter is ______ singer.
a. most their popular b. most popular of theirs
c.their most popular d. most popular of their
22.______ are about the American Independent War.
a. Both book b. Both books c. All the two book d. all of two books
23.When I am in trouble, my friends will give me their hands without ______ hesitation.
a. some b. a c. any d. the
24.You’re welcome to my house ______ time you’d like.
a. the b. any c. no d. some
25.He was very much disappointed because ______ went to his wedding party.
a. no his friends b. all no his friends c. none his friends d. none of his friends
26.You shouldn’t stop your car here since there is a sign ‘______’.
a. Not Parking b. No Park c. No Parking d. Not a Park
27.I cannot invited ______ of you, since I’ve got only one extra ticket.
a. either b. both c. some d. one
28.______ the idioms are not easy to remember and use.
a. Every b. Some c. All d. Each
29.There is a line of trees in ______ side of the river.
a. every b. each c. per d. none
30.______ our countries are developing countries.
a. Each b. Either c. Every d. Both
31.The scientist wrote a number of books, but ______ books were novels.
a. last two his b. his last two c. two his last d. last two of his
32.Have you got ______ copies to go around?
a. much c. a large amount of c. enough d. great
33.You can never use my car. ____ time should you touch it.
a. At no b. At any c. any d. No
34.My brother is going on the picnic with ______ friends.
a. his two little other b. other his two little c. his other little two d. his two other little
35.Those examples are not enough, you should give ______ examples to make your argument convincing.
a. some b. any c. some more d. any more
36.______ feels entitled to more in life than just housework.
a. Many women b. A lot of woman c. Many a woman d. A few woman
37.You will have to practice ______ times before you can do it.
a.many more b. more many c. more often d. more several
38.It is ______ work of art that everyone wants to have a look at it.
a. a so unusual b. such an unusual c. so unusual d. such unusual
39.This cake is delicious, but I can’t eat ______.
a. some b. no c. any d. much
40.Here are some books by American writers. You can read ______ you like.
a. any b. which c. what one d. whichever one
22.3 冠词练习答案
1 C 19 C 37 B 55 C
2 B 20 A 38 B 56 A
3 D 21 A 39 C 57 D
4 A 22 B 40 C 58 D
5 A 23 C 41 B 59 B
6 D 24 B 42 A 60 A
7 B 25 D 43 C 61
8 C 26 B 44 B 62
9 B 27 D 45 A 63
10 C 28 D 46 C 64
11 C 29 B 47 B 65
12 A 30 A 48 C 66
13 C 31 B 49 A 67
14 D 32 B 50 D 68
15 C 33 C 51 A 69
16 D 34 C 52 C 70
17 C 35 A 53 A 71
18 A 36 A 54 B 72
22.4 数词练习答案
1 C 6 A 11 C 16 A
2 D 7 C 12 B 17 C
3 D 8 A 13 D 18 A
4 D 9 C 14 D 19 A
5 B 10 B 15 A 20 B
22.5 限定词练习答案
1 A 19 D 37 A
2 C 20 B 38 B
3 D 21 C 39 C
4 D 22 B 40 D
5 D 23 C 41
6 C 24 B 42
7 B 25 D 43
8 A 26 C 44
9 B 27 B 45
10 B 28 C 46
11 C 29 B 47
12 D 30 D 48
13 C 31 B 49
14 A 32 C 50
15 B 33 A 51
16 A 34 D 52
17 A 35 C 53
18 C 36 C 54
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇5：高三英语复习与训练二十一一--情态动词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练二十一一--情态动词
21. 情态动词
21.1 情态动词的语法特征
1） 情态动词不能表示正在发生或已经发生的事情，只表示期待或估计某事的发生。
2） 情态动词除ought 和have 外，后面只能接不带to 的不定式。
3） 情态动词没有人称，数的变化，即情态动词第三人称单数不加-s。
4） 情态动词没有非谓语形式，即没有不定式，分词，等形式。
21.2 比较can 和be able to
1）can/could 表示能力；可能 （过去时用could）, 只用于现在式和过去式（could）。be able to可以用于各种时态。例如：
They will be able to tell you the news soon. 他很快就能告诉你消息了。
2）只用be able to的情况：
a. 位于助动词后。
b. 情态动词后。
c. 表示过去某时刻动作时。
d. 用于句首表示条件。
e. 表示成功地做了某事时，用was/were able to，不能用could。例如：
He was able to flee Europe before the war broke out. = He managed to flee Europe before the war broke out.
他在战争爆发之前逃离欧洲。
注意：could有时不表示时态
1）提出委婉的请求，（注意在回答中不可用could）。例如：
--- Could I have the television on? 我能看电视吗？
--- Yes, you can. / No, you can't. 可以/不可以。
2）在否定句、疑问句中表示推测或怀疑。例如：
He couldn't be a bad man. 他不大可能是坏人。
21.3 比较may和might
1） 表示允许或请求；表示没有把握的推测；may 放在句首，表示祝愿。例如：
May God bless you! 愿上帝保佑你！
He might be at home. 他可能在家。
注意：might 表示推测时，不表示时态，只是可能性比may 小。
2） 成语：may/might as well，后面接不带to 的不定式，意为“不妨”。例如：
If that is the case, we may as well try.如果情况确实如此，我们不妨试一试。
典型例题
Peter ___come with us tonight, but he isn't very sure yet.
A. must B. may C. can D. will
答案B. 表可能性只能用may。此句意可从后半句推出。
21.4 比较have to和must
1） 两词都是'必须'的意思，have to 表示客观的需要，must 表示说话人主观上的看法，既主观上的必要。例如：
My brother was very ill, so I had to call the doctor in the middle of the night.
弟弟病得很厉害，我只得半夜里把医生请来。（客观上需要做这件事）
He said that they must work hard. 他说他们必须努力工作。（主观上要做这件事）
2） have to有人称、数、时态的变化，而must只有一种形式。但must 可用于间接引语中表示过去的必要或义务。例如：
He had to look after his sister yesterday. 他昨晚只得照顾他姐姐。
3） 否定结构中：don't have to表示“不必”，mustn't表示“禁止”。例如：
You don't have to tell him about it. 你不一定要把此事告诉他。
You mustn't tell him about it. 你不得把这件事告诉他。
21.5 must表示推测
1） must用在肯定句中表示较有把握的推测，意为“一定”。
2） must表对现在的状态或现在正发生的事情的推测时，must 后面通常接系动词be 的原形或行为动词的进行式。例如：
You have worked hard all day. You must be tired. 你辛苦干一整天，一定累了。（对现在情况的推测判断）
He must be working in his office. 他一定在办公室工作呢。
比较：He must be staying there. 他现在肯定在那里。
He must stay there. 他必须呆在那。
3） must 表示对已发生的事情的推测时，must 要接完成式。例如：
I didn't hear the phone. I must have been asleep. 我刚才没有听到电话，我想必是睡着了。
4） must表示对过去某时正发生的事情的推测，must 后面要接不定式的完成进行式。例如：
---Why didn't you answer my phone call? 为何不接我的电话？
---Well, I must have been sleeping, so I didn't hear it.唉，肯定在睡觉，所以没有听见。
5） 否定推测用can't。例如：
If Tom didn't leave here until five o'clock, he can't be home yet. 如果汤姆五点才离开这儿，他此时一定还未到家。
21.6 表示推测的用法
can, could, may, might, must 皆可表示推测，其用法如下：
1）情态动词+动词原形，表示对现在或将来的情况的推测，此时动词通常为系动词。例如：
I don't know where she is, she may be in Wuhan. 我不知道她在哪儿，可能在武汉。
2）情态动词+动词现在进行时，表示对现在或将来正在进行的情况进行推测。例如：
At this moment, our teacher must be correcting our exam papers. 这时，想必我们老师正在批改试卷。
3）情态动词+动词完成时，表示对过去情况的推测。例如：
The road is wet. It must have rained last night. 地是湿的，昨天晚上一定下雨了。
4）情态动词+动词的现在完成进行时，表示对过去正在发生事情的推测。例如：
Your mother must have been looking for you. 你妈妈一定一直在找你。
5）推测的否定形式，疑问形式用can't, couldn't表示。例如：
Mike can't have found his car, for he came to work by bus this morning.
迈克一定还没有找回他的车，因为早上他是坐公共汽车来上班的。
注意：could, might表示推测时不表示时态，其推测的程度不如can, may。
21.7 情态动词+ have +过去分词
1） may（might） have + done sth, can （could） have + done sth 表示过去，推测过去时间里可能发生的事情。例如：
Philip may （might） have been hurt seriously in the car accident. 菲力浦可能在车祸中受了重伤。
Philip can （could） have been hurt seriously in the car accident.
2） must have +done sth，对过去时间里可能发生的事情的推测，语气较强，具有“肯定”，“谅必”的意思。例如：
---Linda has gone to work, but her bicycle is still here. 琳达已经去上班了，但她的单车还在这儿。
---She must have gone by bus.肯定乘巴士去的。
3） ought to have done sth, should have done sth表示本应该做某事，而事实上并没有做。否定句表示“不该做某事而做了”。例如：
You ought to （should） have been more careful in this experiment. 你当时在做试验时应该更仔细点。
He ought not to have thrown the old clothes away.他不该把旧衣服扔了。（事实上已扔了。）
ought to 在语气上比should 要强。
4） needn't have done sth表示本没必要做某事，但做了。例如：
I dressed very warmly for the trip, but I needn't have done so. The weather was hot.
旅行时，我衣服穿得较多，其实没有必要。那时天很热。
5） would like to have done sth表示本打算做某事，但没做。例如：
I would like to have read the article, but I was very busy then. 我想读这篇文章，但太忙了一直没读。
17.8 21.8 should 和ought to
除了上述的用法，两者还可表示“想必一定，按理应该”的意思。例如：
I ought to be able to live on my salary. 靠我的薪水，想必也能维持了。
It ought to be ready now. 想必现在准备好了吧。
They should be there by now, I think. 现在他们该到那儿了。
The poems should be out in a month at most. 诗集估计最多还有一个月就要出版了。
21.9 had better表示“最好”，相当于一个助动词，它只有一种形式，它后面要跟动词原形。例如：
It is pretty cold. You'd better put on my coat. 天相当冷。你最好穿上我的外套。
She'd better not play with the dog. 她最好不要玩耍那条狗。
had better have done sth表示与事实相反的结果，意为“本来最好”。例如：
You had better have come earlier. 你本该来得早一点。
21.10 would rather表示“宁愿”
would rather do
would rather not do
would rather… than… 宁愿…而不愿。
还有would sooner, had rather, had sooner都表示“宁愿”、“宁可”的意思。例如：
If I have a choice, I had sooner not continue my studies at this school. 如果有选择的余地，我宁可辍学离开这个学校。
I would rather stay here than go home. = I would stay here rather than go home. 我宁愿呆在这儿，而不愿回家。
典型例题
----Shall we go skating or stay at home?
----Which ___ do?
A. do you rather B. would you rather C. will you rather D. should you rather
答案B。本题考查情态动词rather的用法，would rather +do sth 意为“宁愿”，本题为疑问句，would 提前，所以选B。
21.11 will和would
注意：1）would like；would like to do = want to 想要，为固定搭配。例如：
Would you like to go with me? 想和我一块去吗？
2）Will you…? Would you like…? 表示肯定含义的请求劝说时，疑问句中一般用some, 而不是any。例如：
Would you like some cake? 吃点蛋糕吧。
3）否定结构中用will，一般不用would, won't you是一种委婉语气。
Won't you sit down? 你不坐下吗？
21.12 情态动词的回答方式
问句 肯定回答 否定回答
Need you…? Yes, I must. No, I needn't
Must you…? No, I don't have to.
典型例题
1）---Could I borrow your dictionary?
---Yes, of course, you____.
A. might B. will C. can D. should
答案C. could表示委婉的语气，并不为时态。答语中of course，表示肯定的语气，允许某人做某事时，用can和 may来表达，不能用could或might。will 与you连用，用来提出要求或下命令。should与you 连用，用来提出劝告。
2）---Shall I tell John about it?
---No, you ___. I've told him already.
A. needn't B. wouldn't C. mustn't D. shouldn't
答案A。needn't 不必，不用。 wouldn't 将不, 不会的。 mustn't 禁止、不能。 shouldn't 不应该。本题为不需要，不必的意思，应用needn't。
3）---Don't forget to come to my birthday party tomorrow.
---______.
A. I don't B. I won't C. I can't D. I haven't
答案B. will既可当作情态动词，表请求、建议、也可作为实义动词表“意愿、意志、决心”，本题表示决心，选B。
21.13 带to 的情态动词
带to 的情态动词有四个：ought to, have to, used to, be to, 如加上have got to （=must）, be able to，为六个。它们的疑问、否定形式应予以注意：
Do they have to pay their bill before the end of the month?
She didn't use to play tennis before she was fourteen.
You ought not to have told her all about it.
Ought he to see a heart specialist at once.?
ought to 本身作为情态动词使用。其他的词作为实义动词使用，变疑问，否定时，须有do 等助动词协助。
典型例题
Tom ought not to ___ me your secret, but he meant no harm.
A. have told B. tell C. be telling D. having told
答案A。由于后句为过去时，告诉秘密的动作又发生在其前因，此地应用过去完成时，但它在情态动词 ought to 后，所以用have told。
21.14 比较need和dare
这两词既可做实义动词用，又可做情态动词用。作为情态动词，两者都只能用于疑问句，否定句和条件句。need 作实义动词时后面的不定式必须带to，而dare作实义动词用时, 后面的to 时常可以被省略。
1） 实义动词：need（需要, 要求） need + n. / to do sth
2） 情态动词：need，只用原形need后加do，否定形式为need not。例如：
Need you go yet? 你要走了吗？
Yes, I must. / No, I needn't.是的，我要走了/不，不急着走。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇6：高三英语复习与训练七--动词不定式 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练七--动词不定式
7. 动词不定式
动词不定式由to+动词原形构成。这里的to是不定式标志，没有词义。不定式具有名词、形容词或副词的某些语法功能，又有动词的时态和语态的特点及作用。
常见的形式如表所示（以及物动词do为例），不及物动词没有被动语态。
时态\语态 主动 被动
一般式 to do to be done
进行式 to be doing /
完成式 to have done to have been done
完成进行式 to have been doing /
7.1 有些动词可以用不定式作宾语，大致上有三种情况。
1) 有些及物动词用不定式作宾语，结构为动词+不定式。例如：
afford aim agree arrange ask decide
bother care choose demand desire determine
elect endeavor hope fail help learn
long 渴望 mean manage offer plan pretend
refuse tend undertake expect hate intend
例如：
The driver failed to see the other car in time. 司机没能及时看见另一辆车。
He offered to help me. 他表示愿意帮助我。
2）有些动词除了可以用不定式作宾语，还用不定式作补语，即有动词+宾语+不定式的结构。例如：
ask choose expect help beg intend
like/love need prefer prepare want wish
例如：
I like to keep everything tidy. 我喜欢每件东西都保持整洁。
I like you to keep everything tidy. 我喜欢你使每件东西都保持整洁。
I want to speak to Tom. 我想和汤姆谈话。
I want you to speak to Tom. 我想让你和汤姆谈话。
3） 有些动词或动词词组可以用动词+疑问词+不定式的结构作宾语。例如：
decide know consider forget learn remember
show, wonder find out tell inquire explain
例如：
Please show us how to do that. 请演示给我们如何去做。
There are so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can't make up my mind which to buy.
有这么多的录音机，我都拿不定主意买哪一种。
7.2 不定式作补语
1） 有些有动词+宾语+不定式的结构。例如：
advise allow cause challenge command compel
drive 驱使 enable encourage forbid force impel
induce instruct invite like/love order permit
make let have want get warn
persuade request send tell train urge
例如；
Father will not allow us to play on the street. 父亲不让我们在街上玩耍。
The officer ordered his men to fire. 长官命令士兵开火。
注意：有些动词如make，have，get，want等可用不定式作做宾补，也可用分词作宾补。现在分词表达主动，也表达正在进行，过去分词表达被动。
2) 有些有动词+宾语+不定式的结构，不定式的动词往往是be，不定式一般可以省去。例如：
consider find believe think declare（声称） appoint
guess fancy（设想） guess judge imagine know
例如：
We believe him to be guilty. 我们相信他是有罪的。
We know him to be a fool. 我们知道他是个笨蛋。（to be 不能省去）
典型例题
Charles Babbage is generally considered ___ the first computer.
A. to invent B. inventing C. to have invented D. having invented
答案：C. 一般没有consider+宾语+be以外不定式的结构，也没有consider+宾语+doing的结构，排除A、B、D。consider用动词be以外的不定式作宾补时，一般要求用不定式的完成式，故选C。
3) 有些动词可以跟there +to be的结构。例如：
believe expect intend like love mean
prefer want wish understand
例如：
We didn't expect there to be so many people there. 我们没料到会有那么多人在那里。
You wouldn’t want there to be another war. 你不至于想让另外一场战争发生吧。
7.3 不定式作主语
不定式作主语，往往用it作形式主语，真正的主语不定式放至句子的后面。
例如：It's so nice to hear your voice. 听到你的声音真高兴。
It's necessary for you to lock the car when you do not use it. 不用车的时候，锁车是有必要的。
It's very kind of you to help us. 他帮助我们，他真好。
It seemed selfish of him not to give them anything. 他不给他们任何东西，这显得太自私了。
但是，用不定式作主语的句子中还有一个不定式作表语时，不能用It is… to…的句型。另外，这样的句子，不能用动名词作表语。例如：
（对）To teach is to learn.
（错）It is to learn to teach.
（错）To teach is learning.
（错）Teaching is to learn.
典型例题
The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to ___.
A. sit B. sit on C. be seat D. be sat on
答案：B. 如果不定式为不及物动词，其后应有必要的介词。当动词与介词连用时，常位于“形容词+动词不定式”结构的末尾。
7.4 It's for sb.和 It's of sb.
这样的句子中，由于表语形容词性质的不同，导致了不定式逻辑主语标志用for或of的区别。
1）for sb. 句型中的形容词一般为表示事物的特征特点，表示客观形式的形容词，如easy, hard, difficult, interesting, impossible等：例如：
It's very hard for him to study two languages. 对他来说学两门外语是很难的。
2）of sb句型中的形容词一般为表示性格，品德，心智能力，表示主观感情或态度的形容词，如good, kind, nice, clever, foolish, right。例如：
It's very nice of you to help me. 你来帮助我，你真是太好了。
用for还是用of 的另一种辨别方法：
用介词for或of后面的逻辑主语作句子的主语，用介词前边的形容词作表语，造个句子。如果通顺用of，不通则用for。例如：
You are nice. （通顺，所以应用of）。
He is hard. （非所表达的意思，不通，因此用for。）
7.5 不定式作表语
不定式可放在be动词后面，形成表语。例如：
My work is to clean the room every day. 我的工作是每天清扫房间。
His dream is to be a doctor. 他的梦想是成为一名医生。
7.6 不定式作定语
不定式做定语通常要放在被修饰的词后，往往表示未发生的动作。例如：
I have a lot of work to do. 我有许多事要做。
There was nothing to bring home that morning. 那天早上（他回家时）两手空空。
7.7 不定式作状语
1）目的状语
常用结构为to do , only to do（仅仅为了）, in order to do, so as to do, so（such）… as to…（如此…以便…）。例如：
He ran so fast as to catch the first bus. 他飞快地跑以便赶上第一班车。
I come here only to say good-bye to you. 我来仅仅是向你告别。
2）作结果状语，可以表示没有预料到的或事与愿违的结果，不定式要放在句子后面。
I awoke to find my truck gone. 我醒来发现箱子不见了。
He searched the room only to find nothing. 他搜索了房间，没发现什么。
3） 表原因
I'm glad to see you. 见到你很高兴。
She wept to see the sight. 她一看到这情形就哭了。
4）表示理由和条件
He must be a fool to say so.
You will do well to speak more carefully.
7.8 用作介词的to
to 可以用作介词，也可用作不定式的标示。下面的to 都用作介词：
admit to object to be accustomed to be used to stick to turn to开始
look forward to be devoted to pay attention to contribute to apologize to devote oneself to
7.9 省去to 的动词不定式
1） 情态动词 （ 除ought 外） 后。
2） 使役动词 let, have, make后，感官动词 see, watch, look at, notice , observe, hear, listen to, smell, feel, find 等后。
注意：被动语态中不能省去to。例如：
I saw him dance. 我看见他跳舞。
=He was seen to dance.
The boss made them work the whole night. 老板让他们整夜干活。
=They were made to work the whole night.
3） would rather，had better句型后
4） Why… / why no…句型后
5） help 后可带to，也可不带to, help sb （to） do sth：
6） but和except后。but前是实义动词do时，后面出现的不定式不带to。
比较：He wants to do nothing but go out. 他只想出去玩。
He wants to believe anything but to take the medicine. 除了吃这药，他什么都信。
7） 由and, or和than连接的两个不定式，第二个to 可以省去：
8） 通常在discover, imagine, suppose, think等词后作宾补时，可以省去to be。例如：
He is supposed （to be） nice. 他应该是个好人。
典型例题
1） ---- I usually go there by train.
---- Why not ___ by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go C. to try and go D. try going
答案：D. why not 后面接不带to 的不定式，因此选D。
2） Paul doesn't have to be made ___. He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learned D. learning
答案：B. make后接不带to 的动词不定式，当其用于被动时，to 不可省略。
7.10 动词不定式的否定式
在不定式标志to前加上not。例如：
Tell him not to shut the window。让他别关窗。
She pretended not to see me when I passed by. 我走过的时候，她假装没看见。
典型例题
1）Mrs. Smith warned her daughter ___ after drinking.
A. never to drive B. to never driver C. never driving D. never drive
答案：A。warn sb to do sth. 的否定形式为warn sb not to do sth. 此处用的是否定词never.
2） The boy wanted to ride his bicycle in the street，but his mother told him ____.
A. not to B. not to do C. not do it D. do not to
答案：A。not to 为not to do it 的省略形式。可以只用to这个词，而不必重复整个不定式词组。及物动词do后应有宾语，因此也B，D不对。
7.11 不定式的特殊句型too…to…
1）too…to 太…以至于…。例如：
He is too excited to speak. 他太激动了，说不出话来。
---- Can I help you ? 需要我帮忙吗?
---- Well, I'm afraid the box is too heavy for you to carry it, but thank you all the same.
不用了。这箱子太重，恐怕你搬不动。谢谢。
2） 如在too前有否定词，则整个句子用否定词表达肯定，too 后那个词表达一种委婉含义，意 为“不太”。例如：
It's never too late to mend. 改过不嫌晚。（谚语）
3） 当too 前面有only, all, but时，意思是：非常… 等于very。例如：
I'm only too pleased to be able to help you. 能帮助你我非常高兴。
He was but too eager to get home. 他非常想回家。
7.12 不定式的特殊句型so as to
1） 表示目的；它的否定式是so as not to do。例如：
Tom kept quiet about the accident so as not to lose his job.汤姆对事故保持沉默是为了不丢掉他的工作。
Go in quietly so as not to wake the baby.轻点进去，别惊醒了婴儿。
2）表示结果。例如：
Would you be so kind as to tell me the time? 劳驾，现在几点了。
7.13 不定式的特殊句型Why not
“Why not +动词原形”表达向某人提出建议，翻译为：“为什么不……?” “干吗不……?”。例如：
Why not take a holiday? 干吗不去度假?
7.14 不定式的时态和语态
1） 一般式表示的动词，有时与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生，有时发生在谓语动词的动作之后，例如
He seems to know this. 他似乎知道这事。
I hope to see you again. = I hope that I'll see you again. 我希望再见到你。
2） 完成式表示的动作发生在谓语动词表示的动作之前。例如：
I'm sorry to have given you so much trouble. 很抱歉，给你添了那么多的麻烦。
He seems to have caught a cold. 他好像已经得了感冒。
3） 进行式表示动作正在进行，与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生。例如：
He seems to be eating something. 他好像正在吃什么东西。
4） 完成进行式表示动作从过去开始并延续至说话的时候。例如：
She is known to have been working on the problem for many years. 我们知道她研究这问题有好几年了。
7.15 动名词与不定式
1）动名词与不定式的区别：
动名词表达的是： 状态，性质，心境，抽象，经常性，已发生的
不定式表达的是： 目的，结果，原因，具体，一次性，将发生的
2）有些动词如continue接不定式或动名词作宾语，意义基本相同。
3）有些动词如continue接不定式或动名词作宾语，意义大相径庭。常见的，下一节有专门讨论。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇7：高三英语复习（动词短语） (人教版高三英语上册教学论文)
高三英语复习专题（动词短语）
(出题人 王海棠)
1. The war _______ the world great suffering and sadness.
A. brought in B. brought about C. brought up D. brought out
2. The first textbooks written for teaching English as a foreign language _____ in the 16th century.
A. came about B. came out C. came along D. came up
3. There are some differences between American English and British English. Do you know how these differences _______?
A. came about B. came out C. came up D. were happened
4. We _____ the children in poor areas clothes and some money.
A. offered B. provided C. supplied D. helped
5. Her mother was ill, so a doctor was _______.
A. called on B. called at C. called in D. called back
6. We _______the Green’s yesterday on our way home from work and stayed there for some time.
A. called on B. called at C. dropped in D. called for
7. Once a plan is made, it must be firmly _______.
A. carried out B. carried off C. carry away D. carried on
8. . King called _____ the black people not to give _____ but to continue the struggle.
A. for; in B. on; in C. out ; away D. in; off
9. A big fire _______ in the hotel last night.
A. broke away B. broke up C. broke out D. was broken out
10. Don’t stay up too late, or your body will_______.
A. break up B. break out C. break off D. break down
11. A truck ______ Jane’s cat and sped away.
A. ran over B. ran into C. ran across D. ran down
12. I was late because my car ______.
A. broke up B. broke off C. broke down D. broke out
13. Nobody realized the importance of the problem when it was first ______ at the meeting.
A. brought about B. brought up C. brought on D. brought in
14. We were suddenly ______ in the middle of our telephone conversation.
A. cut out B. cut off C. rung off D. broken off
15. Can you ______ what is written on the board?
A. make of B. make up C. make out D. make away
16. He first ____ the proposal that men and women should receive equal pay for equal work.
A. put up B. put on C. put forward D. put out
17. ______ the oppression for long years, the peasants at last rebelled(反抗).
A. Having put up B. Having put through C. Having put up with D. Having put over
18. He ______ the family business when his father suffered a heart attack.
A. took up B. took over C. took after D. took on
19. I promise to _______ the matter as soon as I get back to the head office.
A. look for B. look in C. look into D. look up
20. I know all your tricks, so don’t try to take me _______.
A. in B. off C. up D. away
21. Science has ______ many changes in our life.
A. brought up B. brought about C. brought out D. brought down
22. To test his theory, the scientist ______ an experiment.
A. set out B. set off C. set about D. set forth
23. By the time the fire engine arrived, the fire had been ______ by many citizens.
A. put on B. put off C. put out D. put through
24. He’ll soon ______ his disappointment and be quite cheerful again by the morning.
A. get out of B. get over C. get through D. get away
25. I will _______my appointment until tomorrow.
A. put up B. put away C. put out D. put off
26. He _______ a sum of money every week for his old age.
A. sets up B. set out C. sets in D. set aside
27. You should tell from his big ears that he ______ his father.
A. took off B. took down C. took from D. took after
28. The weather forecast was good so it should ______ fine after all.
A. turn into B. turn up C. turn out D. turn over
29. I never expected you to ______ at the meeting. I thought you were abroad.
A. turn in B. turn on C. turn up D. turn to
30. Important people don’t often have much free time as their work ______ all their time.
A. takes away B. takes over C. takes up D. takes in
31. When they had finished playing, the children were made to _____all the toys they had taken out.
A. put off B. put out C. put up D. put away
32. The good service at the hotel _______ the poor food to some extend.
A. made for B. made out C. made up of D. made up for
33. – Why ask me to take that early bus?
--Because that bus _______ the 9:30 a.m. train at Boston.
A. joins to B. joins with C. unites with D. connects with
34. Don’t _______ when your teacher is giving you some advice how to master English.
A. drop in B. let out C. move in D. break in
35. I had a lot of books that I didn’t want to keep, so I _______ them away to a friend.
A. lent B. gave C. turned D. threw
36. If better use is _______ of your spare time, you’ll make great progress in it.
A. thought B. spent C. taken D. made
37. – Did you enjoy the book?
--Yes. It was so interesting that I couldn’t _______ it.
A. get rid of B. break away from C. keep away from D. tear myself away from
38. – Oh, my god! It’s just a sea of cars. How can you ______ your car?
A. took out B. find out C. pick out D. get out
39. – This is Xiao Li speaking.
--Hi, Xiao Li, please stay at home, I’ll_____ you at 6’clock and we’ll go to the cinema together.
A. call for B. wait for C. sent for D. look for
40. If Tim carries on working like this, he’ll ______ sooner or later.
A. break down B. give up C. get down D. break up
41. He said he would ______ what he had said.
A. take back B. take away C. take in D. take up
42. Who was it that ______ the secret?
A. gave out B. let out C. get out D. set out
43. I wish you’d stop _______. We all know how clever you are!
A. showing around B. showing off C. showing up D. showing over
44. Can you tell me how it ______ that you were an hour late?
A. came about B. came up C. came out D. came across
45. She ______ some old letters in the course of her search.
A. came across B. came out C. came up D. came about
46. News reports say peace talks between the two countries ______ with no agreement reached.
A. have broken down B. have broken out C. have broken in D. have broken off
47. Children under six are not______ to school except those of extraordinary intelligence.
A. permitted B. admitted C. accepted D. received
48. The doctor advised that I should______ smoking.
A. cut off B. cut out C. cut down D. cut away
49. He ______ some French while he was away on a business trip in Paris.
A. made out B. picked up C. gave up D. took in
50. University readers can ______ quite well without knowing the exact meaning of each word.
A. get over B. get in C. get along D. get through
51. Nobody noticed the thief slip into the house because the lights happened to ______.
A. give out B. give in C. turned off D. go out
52. The engine of the ship was out of order and the bad weather ______ the helplessness of the crew at sea.
A. added to B. resulted from C. turned out D. made up
53. The hall was full, and hundreds of fans had to be _______.
A. turned down B. turned off C. turned over D. turned away
54. We thought of selling this old furniture, but we’ve decided to ______ it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with C. turn to D. look after
55. Although the working mother is very busy, she still _____ a lot of time to her children.
A. devotes B. spends C. offers D. provides
56. The seller would sell the sweater for nine dollars, but the customer ______ eight dollars.
A. charged B. asked C. sold D. offered
57. Although he has taken a lot of medicine, his health ______ poor.
A. proves B. remains C. maintains D. continues
58. Burlington isn’t much more than a large village. Its streets were never ______ for heavy traffic.
A. tested B. meant C. kept D. used
59. We’re going to _____ with some friends for a picnic. Would you like to join us?
A. get in B. get over C. get along D. get together
60. His mother had thought it would be good for his character to ______ from home and earn some money on his own.
A. run away B. take away C. keep away D. get away
61. I don’t ______ rock’n’roll. It’s much too noisy for my taste.
A. go after B. go away with C. go into D. go for
62. It was not a serious illness, and she soon _____ it.
A. get over B. got on with C. got around D. got out of
63. We have to ______ the wheat as soon as possible because a storm is on the way.
A. get away B. get across C. get through D. get in
64. Once a decision is made, all of us should ______ it.
A. insist on B. stick to C. refer to D. lead to
65. It was foolish of him to ______ his notes during that important test, and as a result , he got punished.
A. stick to B. refer to C. look up D. point to
66. The final examination is coming up soon. It’s time for us to ______ our studies.
A. get down to B. get out C. get back for D. get over
67. I couldn’t ______. The line was busy.
A. go by B. go around C. get in D. get through
68. The storm died away at last with the golden waves ______ the shore in peace.
A. striking B. hitting C. beating D. knocking
69. Quite a few people used to believe that a disaster ______if a mirror was broken.
A. was sure of striking B. was sure of having struck
C. was sure to be struck D. was sure to strike
70. Be careful when you cross this very busy street. If not, you may _______ run over by a car.
A. have B. get C. become D. turn
71. If you ______ any problems when you arrive at the airport, give me a ring.
A. come up with B. set about C. run into D. put aside
72. Don't mention that at the beginning of the story, or it may _______ the shocking ending.
A. give away B. give out C. give up D. give off
73. －What’s the matter with you?－After the long walk ,my legs ______ and I couldn’t go any further.
A. gave out B. gave off C. gave in D. gave up
74. It suddenly _______me that I had to get to the airport to meet a friend.
A. took B. struck C. occurred D. surprised
75. Time will ______whether I made the right choice or not.
A. see B. say C. know D. tell
76. Everybody in the village likes Jack because he is good at telling and _______ jokes.
A. turning up B. putting up C. making up D. showing up
Key：
1-5 BBAAC 6-10 BABCD 11-16 ACBBC 17-20 CBCAB 21-25 BCCBD 26-30 DDCCC
31-35 DDDDB 36-40 DDCAA 41-45ABBAA 46-50 ABCBC 51-55 DADAA 56-60 DBBDD
61-65 DADBB 66-70 ADCDB 71-76 CAABAC
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇8：高三英语复习教案与训练三--代词 (人教版高二英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习教案与训练三--代词
3. 代词
代词是代替名词的词类。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能。英语中的代词，按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、自身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词和不定代词八种。
一、人称代词是表示“我”、“你”、“他”、“她”、“它”、“我们”、“你们”、“他们”的词。人称代词有人称、数和格的变化，见下表：
数 单数 复数
格 主格 宾格 主格 宾格
第一人称 I me we us
第二人称 you you you you
第三人称 he him they them
she her they them
it it they them
例如：He is my friend. 他是我的朋友。
It's me. 是我。
二、物主代词是表示所有关系的代词，也可叫做代词所有格。物主代词分形容性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种，其人物和数的变化见下表。
数 单数 复数
人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称
形容词性物主代词 my your his/her/its our your their
名词性物主代词 mine yours his/hers/its ours yours theirs
例如： I like his car. 我喜欢他的小汽车。
Our school is here，and theirs is there. 我们的学校在这儿，他们的在那儿。
三、指示代词表示“那个”、“这个”、“这些”、“那些”等指示概念的代词。指示代词有this，that，these，those等。
例如：That is a good idea. 那是个好主意。
四、表示“我自己”、“你自己”、“他自己”、“我们自己”、“你们自己”和“他们自己”等的代词，叫做自身代词，也称为
“反身代词”。
例如：She was talking to herself. 她自言自语。
五、表示相互关系的代词叫相互代词，有each other 和one another两组，但在运用中，这两组词没什么大的区别。
例如：They love each other. 他们彼此相爱。
六、不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫做不定代词。常见的不定代词有a11，both，each，every等，以及含有some-，any-，no-等的合成代词，如anybody， something，no one。这些不定代词大都可以代替名词和形容词，在句中作主语、宾语、表语和定语，但none和由some，any，no等构成的复合不定代词只能作主语、宾语或表语；every和no只能作定语。
例如：--- Do you have a car? --你有一辆小汽车吗？
--- Yes，I have one. --是的，我有一辆。
--- I don't know any of them. 他们，我一个也不认识。
七、疑问代词有who，whom，whose，what和which等。在句子中用来构成特殊疑问句。疑问代词都可用作连接代词，引导名词性从句（主语从句、宾语从句和表语从句）
例如：Tell me who he is. 告诉我他是谁。
八、关系代词有who，whom，whose，that，which，as等，可用作引导从句的关联词。它们在定语从句中可作主语、
表语、宾语、定语等；另一方面它们又代表主句中为定语从句所修饰的那个名词或代词（先行词）。
例如：He is the man whom you have been looking for. 他就是你要找的那个人。
3.1 人称代词的用法
1）人称代词的主格在句子中作主语或主语补语。例如：
John waited a while but eventually he went home. 约翰等了一会儿，最后他回家了。
John hoped the passenger would be Mary and indeed it was she. 约翰希望那位乘客是玛丽，还真是她。
说明：在复合句中，如果主句和从句主语相同，代词主语要用在从句中，名词主语用在主句中。例如：
When he arrived, John went straight to the bank. 约翰一到就直接去银行了。
2）人称代词的宾格在句子中作宾语或介词宾语，但在口语中也能作主语补语，第一人称在省略句中，还可以作主语。
例如： I saw her with them, at least, I thought it was her. 我看到她和他们在一起，至少我认为是她。（her做宾语，them做介词宾语，her做主语补语）
a. -- Who broke the vase? --谁打碎了花瓶？
b. -- Me. --我。（me做主语补语= It's me.）
说明：在上面两例句中，her和me分别作主语补语。现代英语中多用宾格，在正式文体中这里应为she和I。
3.2 人称代词之主、宾格的替换
1） 宾格代替主格
a.在简短对话中，当人称代词单独使用或在not 后，多用宾语。
---- I like English. --我喜欢英语。
---- Me too. --我也喜欢。
---- Have more wine? --再来点酒喝吗?
---- Not me. --我可不要了。
b.在表示比较的非正式的文体中，常用宾格代替主格。 但如果比较状语的谓语保留，则主语只能用主格。
He is taller than I/me.
He is taller than I am.
2） 主格代替宾格
a. 在介词but，except 后，有时可用主格代替宾格。
b. 在电话用语中常用主格。
---- I wish to speak to Mary. --我想和玛丽通话。
---- This is she. --我就是玛丽。
注意：在动词be 或to be 后的人称代词视其前面的名词或代词而定。
I thought it was she. 我以为是她。（主格----主格）
I thought it to be her. （宾格----宾格）
I was taken to be she. 我被当成了她。 （主格----主格）
They took me to be her. 他们把我当成了她。 （宾格----宾格）
3.3 代词的指代问题
1）不定代词 anybody，everybody，nobody，anyone， someone， everyone，no one， 及whoever和person在正式场合使用时，可用he, his, him代替。
例如： Nobody came, did he? 谁也没来，是吗?
2）动物名词的指代一般用it或they代替，有时也用he, she，带有亲切的感情色彩。
例如： Give the cat some food. She is hungry. 给这猫一些吃的。她饿了。
3）指代车或国家，船舶的名词，含感情色彩时常用she。
3.4 并列人称代词的排列顺序
1）单数人称代词并列作主语时，其顺序为：第二人称－>第三人称 －>第一人称，即you－>he/she; it ->I。
例如：You, he and I should return on time.
2） 复数人称代词作主语时，其顺序为：第一人称 －>第二人称 －>第三人称，即we －>you－>they。
注意： 在下列情况中，第一人称放在前面。
a. 在承认错误，承担责任时，
It was I and John that made her angry. 是我和约翰惹她生气了。
b. 在长辈对晚辈，长官对下属说话时，如长官为第一人称，
如：I and you try to finish it. 我和你去弄好它。
c. 并列主语只有第一人称和第三人称时。
d. 当其他人称代词或名词被定语从句修饰时。
3.5 物主代词
1）物主代词既有表示所属的作用又有指代作用。例如：
John had cut his finger; apparently there was a broken glass on his desk.
约翰割破了手指，显而易见，他桌子上有个破玻璃杯。
物主代词有形容词性（my, your等）和名词性（mine, yours等）两种，形容词性的物主代词属于限定词。名词性的物主代词在用法上相当于省略了中心名词的--'s属格结构。例如：
Jack's cap 意为The cap is Jack's。
His cap 意为The cap is his。
2） 名词性物主代词的句法功能
a. 作主语。例如：
May I use your pen? Yours works better. 我可以用一用你的钢笔吗？你的比我的好用。
b. 作宾语。例如：
I love my motherland as much as you love yours. 我深爱我的祖国就像你深爱你的祖国一样。
c. 作介词宾语。例如：
Your should interpret what I said in my sense of the word, not in yours.
你应当按我所用的词义去解释我说的话，而不能按你自己的去解释。
d. 作主语补语。例如：
The life I have is yours. It's yours. It's yours. 我的生命属于你，属于你，属于你。
3.6 双重所有格
物主代词不可与 a, an, this, that, these, those, some, any, several, no, each, every, such, another, which等词一起前置，修饰一个名词，而必须用双重所有格。公式为：a, an, this, that +名词+of +名词性物主代词。例如：a friend of mine, each brother of his.
3.7 .反身代词
1） 1） 列表
数 单数 复数
人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称
人称代词 I you he/she/it we you they
反身代词 myself yourself yourself/herself/himself ourselves yourselves themselves
另外：one的反身代词为oneself
2）做宾语
a. 有些动词需有反身代词，如absent, bathe, amuse, blame, dry, cut, enjoy, hurt, introduce, behave等。例如：
We enjoyed ourselves very much last night. 我们昨晚玩得很开心。
Please help yourself to some fish. 请你随便吃点鱼。
b. 用于及物动词+宾语+介词，如take pride in, be annoyed with, help oneself to sth等。例如：
I could not dress（myself）up at that time. 那个时候我不能打扮我自己。
注：有些动词后不跟反身代词，如：get up, sit-down, stand up, wake up等。例如：
Please sit down. 请坐。
3） 用作表语，如结构be oneself。例如：
I am not myself today. 我今天不舒服。
4） 用作同位语
The thing itself is not important. 事情本身并不重要。
5） 在不强调的情况下，but, except, for 等介词后宾语用反身代词或人称代词宾格均可。如：No one but myself（me）is hurt.
注意：
a. 反身代词本身不能单独作主语。
（错） Myself drove the car.
（对） I myself drove the car. 我自己开车。
b. 但在and, or, nor连接的并列主语中，第二个主语可用反身代词，特别是myself 作主语。例如：
Charles and myself saw it. 查尔斯和我看见了这件事。
3.8 相互代词
1）相互代词只有each other和one another两个词组。他们表示句中动词所叙述的动作或感觉在涉及的各个对象之间是相互存在的。例如：
It is easy to see that the people of different cultures have always copied each other.
显而易见，不同文化的人总是相互借鉴的。
2）相互代词的句法功能：
a. 作动词宾语；
People should love one another. 人们应当彼此相爱。
b. 可作介词宾语；
Does bark, cocks crow, frogs croak to each other. 吠、鸡鸣、蛙儿对唱。
说明：传统语法认为，相互关系存在于两个人或物之间用each other， 存在于两个以上人和物之间用one another。现代英语中，两组词交替使用的实例也很多。例如：
He put all the books beside each other/one another. 他把所有书并列摆放起来。
Usually these small groups were independent of each other. 这些小团体通常是相互独立的。
c. 相互代词可加-'s构成所有格。例如：
The students borrowed each other's notes. 学生们互借笔记。
3.9 指示代词
1） 指示代词分单数（this / that）和复数（these / those）两种形式，既可作限定词又可做代词。例如：
单数 复数
限定词 This girl is Mary. Those men are my teachers.
代词 This is Mary. Those are my teachers.
2） 指示代词的句法功能；
a. 作主语。例如：
This is the way to do it. 这事儿就该这样做。
b. 作宾语。例如：
I like this better than that. 我喜欢这个甚至那个。
c. 作主语补语。例如：
My point is this. 我的观点就是如此。
d. 作介词宾语。例如：
I don't say no to that. 我并未拒绝那个。
There is no fear of that. 那并不可怕。
说明1：指示代词在作主语时可指物也可指人，但作其他句子成分时只能指物，不能指人。例如：
（对）That is my teacher. 那是我的老师。（that作主语，指人）
（对）He is going to marry this girl. 他要和这个姑娘结婚。（this作限定词）
（错）He is going to marry this. （this作宾语时不能指人）
（对）I bought this. 我买这个。（this指物，可作宾语）
说明2：That和those可作定语从句的先行词，但this和 these不能，同时，在作先行词时，只有those可指人，试比较：
（对） He admired that which looked beautiful. 他赞赏外表漂亮的东西。
（对） He admired those who looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的人。（those指人）
（错） He admired that who danced well. （that作宾语时不能指人）
（对） He admired those who danced well. 他赞赏跳舞好的人。（those指人）
（对） He admired those which looked beautiful. 他赞赏那些外表漂亮的东西。（those指物）
3.10 疑问代词
1） 疑问代词在句中起名词词组的作用，用来构成疑问句。疑问代词有下列几个：
指人： who, whom, whose
指物： what
既可指人又可指物： which
2） 疑问代词在句中应位于谓语动词之前，没有性和数的变化，除who之外也没有格的变化。what, which, whose还可作限定词。试比较：
疑问代词：Whose are these books on the desk? 桌上的书是谁的？
What was the directional flow of U. S. territorial expansion? 美国的领土扩张是朝哪个方向的？
限定词：Whose books are these on the desk? 桌上的书是谁的？
What events led to most of the east of the Mississippi River becoming part of the United States?
哪些事件使密西西比河以东的大部分土地归属于美国？
说明1：无论是做疑问代词还是限定词，which 和 what 所指的范围不同。what所指的范围是无限的，而which则指在一定的范围内。例如：
Which girls do you like best? 你喜欢哪几个姑娘？
What girls do you like best? 你喜欢什么样的姑娘？
说明2：Whom是who的宾格，在书面语中，它作动词宾语或介词宾语，在口语中作宾语时，可用who代替，但在介词后只能用whom, 例如：
Who（m）did you meet on the street? 你在街上遇到了谁？（作动词宾语）
Who（m） are you taking the book to? 你要把这书带给谁？（作介词宾语，置句首）
To whom did you speak on the campus? 你在校园里和谁讲话了？（作介词宾语，置介词后，不能用who取代。）
说明3： 疑问代词用于对介词宾语提问时，过去的文体中介词和疑问代词通常一起放在句首，现代英语中，疑问代词在句首，介词在句末。例如：
For what do most people live and work? 大部分人生活和工作的目的是什么？（旧文体）
What are you looking for? 你在找什么？（现代英语）
说明4： 疑问代词还可引导名词性从句。例如：
I can't make out what he is driving at. 我不知道他用意何在。
Can you tell me whose is the blue shirt on the bed? 你能告诉我床上的蓝衬衣是谁的吗？
Much of what you say I agree with, but I cannot go all the way with you.
你说的我大部分同意，但并不完全赞同。
3.11. 关系代词
1） 关系代词用来引导定语从句。它代表先行词，同时在从句中作一定的句子成分。例如：
The girl to whom I spoke is my cousin. 跟我讲话的姑娘是我表妹。
该句中whom既代表先行词the girl，又在从句中作介词to的宾语。
2） 关系代词有主格，宾格和属格之分，并有指人与指物之分。在限定性定语从句中，that 可指人也可指物，见表：
指人 指物 指人或指物
主 格 who which that
宾 格 whom that that
属 格 whose of which/whose of which/whose
例如：This is the pencil whose point is broken. 这就是那枝折了尖的铅笔。（whose 指物，在限定性定语从句中作定语）
He came back for the book which he had forgotten. 他回来取他丢下的书。（which指物，在限定性定语从句中作宾语，可以省略）
说明：非限定性定语从句中，不能用that作关系代词。
3） 关系代词which的先行词可以是一个句子。例如：
He said he saw me there, which was a lie. 他说在那儿看到了我，纯属谎言。
说明： 关系代词在从句中作宾语时可以省略。另外，关系代词that在从句中作表语时也可省略，例如：
I've forgotten much of the Latin I once knew. 我过去懂拉丁语，现在大都忘了。
He's changed. He's not the man he was. 他变化很大，已不是过去的他了。
3.12 every , no, all, both, neither, nor
1）不定代词有all , both, every, each, either, neither, more, little, few, much, many, another, other, some, any , one, no 以及some, something, anything, everything, somebody, someone, anybody, anyone, nothing , nobody, no one, none, everybody, everyone.等。
2）不定代词的功能与用法
a. 除every 和no外不定代词既可用作名词，也可用作形容词。every和no在句中只能作定语。例如：
I have no idea about it. 我不知该咋办。
b. all 都，指三者以上。all 的主谓一致：all的单复数由它所修饰或指代的名词的单复数决定。例如：
All goes well. 一切进展得很好。
all 通常不与可数名词单数连用，如：不说 all the book，而说 the whole book。
但all可与表时间的可数名词单数连用，如 all day，all night，all the year；但习惯上不说 all hour，all century。
all还可以与一些特殊的单数名词连用，如 all China，all the city，all my life，all the way
3）both 都，指两者。
a. both 与复数动词连用，但 both… and…可与单数名词连用。
b. both, all 都可作同位语，其位置在行为动词前， be 动词之后。如果助动词或情态动词后面的实义动词省去，则位于助动词或情态动词之前。例如：
Who can speak Japanese? 谁能讲日本话？
We both（all）can. 我们都不会。
4）neither 两者都不
a. neither作主语时，谓语动词用单数。
b. 作定语与单数名词连用，但neither… nor 用作并列连词，可与复数名词连用。其谓语采用就近原则。
c. 可用于下列句型，避免重复。例如：
She can't sing，neither（can）he. 她不会唱歌，他也不会。
5）neither 与nor 的比较
a. 如前句是否定式从句，则主句用neither，而不用 nor。例如：
If you don't do it，neither should I. 如果你不干，我也不干。
b. 如后连续有几个否定句式，则用nor，不用neither。例如：
He can't sing，nor dance，nor skate. 他不会唱歌，不会跳舞，也不会滑冰。
3.13 none, few, some, any, one, ones
一、none 无
1） none作主语，多与of 构成短语 none of。 在答语中，none可单独使用。例如：
Are there any pictures on the wall? 墙上有画吗？
None. 没。
2） none作主语，谓语动词单复数均可。但如做表语，则其单复数与表语一致。例如：
It is none of your business. 闲事莫管。
二、few 一些，少数
few 作主语时，谓语动词用复数，多用于肯定句。
三、some 一些
1） 可与复数名词及不可数名词连用。
2） 当做“某一”解时，也可与单数名词连用。（= a certain）
You will be sorry for this some day. 总有一天，你会为此后悔的。
A certain （some） person has seen you break the rule. 有些人不同意你的看法。
注意：
（1）在肯定疑问句中用some代替any。
（2）some用于其他句式中:
a.肯定疑问句中：说话人认为对方的答案会是肯定的，或期望得到肯定回答时。
Would you like句式中，表委婉请求或建议。例如：
Would you like some coffee? 喝咖啡吗？
b.在条件状语从句中表示确定的意义时。例如：
If you need some help，let me know. 需要帮助，跟我说。
c.some位于主语部分。例如：
Some students haven't been there before. 有些学生没去过那儿。
d.当否定的是整体中的部分时，some可用于否定句。例如：
I haven't heard from some of my old friends these years. 这些年我没有收到一些老朋友的信。
四、any 一些
1） any 多用于否定句和疑问句和条件状语从句中。
当句中含有任何的意思时，any可用于肯定句。
Here are three novels. You may read any. 这有三本小说，你可任读一本。
五、one, 复数形式为ones
ones必须和形容词连用。如果替代的名词时无形容词在前，则用some, any，而不用ones。例如：
Have you bought any rulers? 买尺了吗？
Yes, I 've bought some. 买了，买了几把。
3.14 one，that 和it
one表示泛指，that和it 表示特指。that与所指名词为同类，但不是同一个，而it 与所指名词为同一个。例如：
I can't find my hat. I think I must buy one.（不定）我找不到我的帽子了。我想我该去买一顶。
The hat you bought is bigger than that I bought.（同类但不同个）你买的那顶帽子比我买的大。
I can't find my hat. I don' t know where I put it.（ 同一物）我找不到我的帽子。我不知道我把它放在哪了。
3.15 one/another/the other
one… the other 只有两个
some… the others 有三个以上
one… another，another…
some… others，others…
others = other people/things
the others = the rest 剩余的全部
1） 泛指另一个用another。
2） 一定范围内两人（物），一个用one，另一个用the other。
3） 一定范围内三者，一个用one，另一个用one （another），第三个可用the other，a third。
4） 一定范围内，除去一部分人/物，剩余的全部用the others。
5） 泛指别的人或物时，用others当在一定范围内，除去一部分后，剩余部分但不是全部时，也用others。
3.16 “the”的妙用
He is one of the students who help me.
He is the one of the students who helps me. 他是帮我的学生之一。
第一句定语从句与the students 一致。
第二句定语从句与the one 一致。
3.17 anyone/any one；no one/none；every/each
1．anyone 和 any one
anyone仅指人，any one既可指人，也可指物。
2．no one 和none
a） none 后跟of短语，既可指人又可指物，而no one只单独使用，只指人。
b） none 作主语，谓语动词用单，复数均可，而no one作主语谓语动词只能是单数。例如：
None of you could lift it. 你们中没有人可举起它。
---- Did any one call me up just now? --刚才有人打电话给我吗?
---- No one.--没有。
3．every 和each
1） every 强调全体的概念， each强调个体概念。例如：
Every student in our school works hard. 我们学校的学生都很用功。
Each student may have one book.. 每个学生都可有一本书。
2） every 指三个以上的人或物（含三个），each指两个以上的人或物 （含两个）。
3） every 只作形容词，不可单独使用。each可作代词或形容词。例如：
Every boy has to take one. 每个男孩必须取一个。
Each boy has to take one.
Each of the boys has to take one.
4） every不可以作状语，each可作状语。
5） every 有反复重复的意思，如 every two weeks等； each没有。
6） every 与not 连用，表示部分否定； each 和not连用表示全部否定。例如：
Every man is not honest. 并非每个人都诚实。
Each man is not honest. 这儿每个人都不诚实。
3.18 both, either, neither, all, any, none
这些词都可用作代词或形容词。其位置都在be 动词之后，行为动词之前或第一个助动词之后。
1） both （两者都），either（两者中任何一个），neither （两者都不）。以上词使用范围为两个人或物。例如：
Neither of the two boys is clever. 两个男孩都不聪明。
2） both，either
both与复数连用，either与单数连用。例如：
Both the boys are clever. 两个男孩都很聪明。
Either of the two boys is clever.
There are flowers on both sides of the street. 路边长满了野花。
There are flowers on either side of the street.
3） all （所有的，全部的人或物），any （任何一个）， none （都不）。 以上词使用范围为三者以上。例如：
All the flowers are gone. 所有的花都谢了。
I don't like any of the flowers. 这些花我都不喜欢。
I like none of the flowers. 这些花我都不喜欢。
注意：all与none用法一样。跟单数名词，用单数动词；跟复数名词，用复数动词。例如：
All of the students are there. 所有的学生都在那。
All （of） the milk is there. 所有的牛奶都在那。
3.19 many, much
Many，much都意为“许多”， many + 可数名词，much + 不可数名词。例如：
How many people are there at the meeting? 多少人出席了会议。
How much time has we left? 还剩多少时间？
Many of the workers were at the meeting.许多工人在开会。
Much of the time was spent on learning.学习上化了许多时间。
3.20 few, little, a few, a little
（a） few + 可数名词, （a） little + 不可数名词
a few / a little 为肯定含义，还有一点
few / little 为否定含义，没有多少了。例如：
He has a few friends. 他有几个朋友。
He has few friends. 他几乎没有朋友。
We still have a little time. 我们还有点时间。
There is little time left. 几乎没剩下什么时间了。
固定搭配：only a few （=few） not a few （=many） quite a few （=many） many a （=many）。例如：
Many books were sold.
Many a book was sold. 卖出了许多书。
典型例题:
Although he 's wealthy，he spends___ on clothes.
A. little B. few C. a little D. a few
答案： A. spend所指的是钱，不可数，只能用little或 a little. 本句为although引导的让步状语从句，由句意知后句为否定含义，因此应用little表示几乎不。
3.21 代词练习
1.There are several pretty girls standing under the tree, but ______ are known to me.
a. neither b. none c. no one d. all
2.In one year rats eat 40 to 50 times ______ weight.
a. its b. and c. their d. theirs
3.You’d better continue to use the same spelling of your name as ______ you used in your application.
a. one b. the one c. any d. some one
4.The little baby was left alone, with ______ to look after it.
a. someone b. anyone c. not one d. no one
5.John can play chess better than ______ else.
a. the one b. no one c. any one d. another
6.The weight of something is another way of describing the amount of force exerted on ______ by gravity.
a. it b. them c. that d. one
7.It is one thing to enjoy listening to good music, but it is quite ______ to perform skillfully yourself.
a. other b. another c. some d. any
8.Children should be taught how to get along with ______.
a. another b. other c. others d. any other
9.The poor man lived on wild berries and roots because they had ______ to eat.
a. nothing else b. anything else c. something other d. nothing other
10.I go to the cinema ______ day, Tuesdays, Thursdays, and Saturdays.
a. each other b. every other c. this and the other d. all other
11.One of the properties of light is ______ traveling in wave form as it goes from one place to another.
a. it b. it’s c. its d. their
12.______ in the world has been asked to do his duty for the human society.
a. Each of the tramps b. Every of the tramps c. The each tramp d. The every tramp
13.In some restaurants, food and service are worse than ______ used to be.
a. they b. it c. them d. that
14.Let the porter take all the baggage out and put ______ in the lobby.
a.it b. they c. them d. its
15.Everyone who comes to the party is given a wooden apple with _____ own names cut in it as a souvenir.
a. his b. her c. their d. our
16.Everybody in the class must give in ______ exercise book within the given time.
a. their b. our c. his d. her
17.During the journey, the boys and girls entertained ______ with songs and games.
a. themselves b. theirselves c. himself d. itself
18.You’d better buy ______ some fruits when you go on a trip.
a. youself b. myself c. yourself d. you
19.The boys in this town like to bully ______.
a. one another b. one and other c. each other d. one and the other
20.One common family name is Black,______ is Anderson.
a. another b. the other c. others d. none other
21.I have two novels: one of the two is “Gone with the Wind’, and ______ is “the Tale of Two Cities’.
a. another b. other c. none other d. the other
22.All girls wear beautiful clothes. Some are dressed in red;______ in green.
a. other b. another c. others d. none other
23.She can’t seem to help herself. And ______ can help her, either.
a. none else b. no one else c. not any d. somebody else
24.Children can usually dress ______ by the age of five.
a. him b. them c. hiself d. themselves
25.The gold watch had belonged to me for years, but the police refused to believe it was ______.
a. me b. my c. mine d. I’s
26.Mother would not let Mary and ______ attend the hockey game.
a. I b. my c. me d. we
27.In a news conference this afternoon, the university announced that ______ intends to make several important changes in next year’s budget.
a. he b. it c. she d. they
28.______ but a fool can make such a mistake.
a. Everyone b. No other c. Not all d. None
29.The poem by Browning is so observed that I cannot grasp ______ meaning.
a. its b. it’s c. their d. that
30.The mayor felt that the police, in spite of the reports, had done ______ best.
a. its b. their c. his d. our
31.I haven’t read ______ of the last four chapters, so I know little about them.
a. anything b. any c. some d. something
32.A pretty face may win friends but it takes character and personality to hold ______.
a. it b. them c. that d. one
33.In the discussion, one speaker held that, since we live in a money-oriented society, the average individual cares little about solving ______.
a. anyone else’s problems b. anyone’s else problems
b. anyone else problems d. problems of anyone else
34.I don’t know whether small oranges are sweeter than big ______.
a. those b. ones c. one d. that
35.‘How much water is left in the bottle?’ ‘______’
a. Nothing b. None c. Not some d. Not one
36.It took two of them to do the work that ______ of us could do.
a. someone b. anyone c. any one d. everyone
37.He has five children, and ______ of them is good at painting.
a. everyone b. everybody d. every one d. every
38.I have three brothers,______ are in Beijing.
a. no one of them b. neither of them c. some of them d. none of them
39.Some of my students study a lot,______ just don’t care.
a. anothers b. the other c. some other d. others
40.As a matter of fact, Saudi Arabia’s oil reserves are second only to ______.
a. Kuweit b. that of Kuweit c. Kuweits’s d. those of Kuweit
41.This book of _______ used to be one of the best sellers in the shop.
a. his b. him c. that man d. this
42.We should always keep ______ well-informed of the changing information.
a. us b. ours c. ourselves d. we
43.The climate here is often said to be similar to ______.
a. Japan b. one of Japan c. that of Japan d. in Japan
44.Hunted by constant fear of arrest, the thief ______ to the police at last.
a. gave it up b. gave up himself c. gave him up d. gave himself up
45.______ of the boys in the class who have passed the test is to receive certificates.
a. Every b. Every one c. Any d. Anyone
46.Do you believe that she has blamed us for the accident, especially ______?
a. you and me b. you and I c. I and you d. me and you
47.Of those who graduated with ______,Ellen is the only one who has found a good job.
a. Betty and he b. he and Betty c. Betty and him d. Him and Betty
48.He is surprised by ______ having to pay for the accident.
a. you b. yours c. your d. your’s
49.This is a left hand glove and that is ______.
a. other b. the other one c. other one d. another
50.Add those examples to ______ you have already noted.
a. one b. the one c. one d. the ones
51.Have you got a ticket? Yes, I’ve got ______.
a. it b. the one c. one d. the ones
52.There’s the doorbell; I hope ______ Tom.
a. its b. it’s c. is d. he’s
53.It’s cheaper to buy old furniture than to have new ______ made.
a. one b. ones c. furniture d. furnitures
54.Those of us who are over fifty years old should get ______ blood pressure checked regularly.
a. their b. their’s c. our d. ours
55.Every man and woman eighteen years of age or older is eligible to vote for the candidate of ______.
a. his choice b. their choice c. the choice of him d. the choice of theirs
56.I bite my nails. I must break ______.
a. the habit of me b. the habit with myself c. myself of the habit d. of the habit myself
57.______ of them shared my opinions, so we have ______ in common to discuss.
a. Nobody/a little b. Few/little c. A few/little d. None/many
58.When science, business and art learn something of ______ methods and goals, the world will have come closer to cultural harmony.
a. one and the other’s b. each and the other’s
c. one another’s d. the one’s and the other’s
59.The boy is ______ of a musician.
a. anyone b. anything c. someone d. something
60.For ______ interested in nature, the club offers hikes and overnight camping each week during the summer.
a. them b. whom c. themselves d. those
61.The use of radar as well as the two-way radio ______ for the police to intercept most speeders.
a. make it possible b. makes it possible c. makes possible d. make it a possibility
62.The family never agree about ______ shares of the property.
a. her b. its c. their d. his
63.The flock of geese was flying through the sky in perfect formation following ______ leader.
a. its b. their c. his d. her
64.When Jonathan went to Spain with his sister, he bought a leather coat for her and another for ______.
a. him b. himself c. he d. his
65.Those of us who wear glasses should have ______ eyes examined at regular intervals.
a. their b. our c. his d. her
66.Frank admired his friends Tom and David. He imitated ______.
a. theirs every action b. every action of theirs c. every of their action d. every action of their one
67.My desk is ______.
a. between his b. between his one c. beside his one d. beside his
68.“May I speak to Iris?”
“This is ______ speaking.”
a. she b. hers’s c. hers d. her
69.Mary is the landlady ______.
a. from who we rent the flat b. from whom we rent the flat
c. whom we rent the flat d. who we rent the flat
70.Give the message to ______ is at the table.
a. whomever b. whosever c. whatever d. whoever
71.It was through experimentation ______ people found out he behavior of electricity.
a. that b. which c. / d. the
72.______ Nat Turner who led a revolt against slavery in Virginia in 1831.
a. Where was b. It was c. He was d. it was him
73.It wasn’t ______ telephoned me.
a. he whom b. him whom c. he who d . his who
74.It was ______ he bought the magazine.
a. from a second-hand store where b. a second-hand store in which
b. in a second-hand store that d. in a second-hand store where
75.It was ______ late in the evening that the students returned to the dormitories.
a. till b. before c. when d. not until
76.It was ______ that he did not go to Mount Lao with us.
a. because he was ill b. as he was ill
c. since he was ill d. though he was ill
77.It was ______ that he joined the evening party.
a. finding Comrade Li b. found Comrade Li c. to find Comrade Li d. find Comrade Li
78.Was it ______ she agreed to help?
a. very reluctantly so that b. very reluctantly that
c. so reluctantly that d. very reluctantly when
79.______ she gave the postcards to?
a. Whom it was that b. Who it was that c. Who was it that d. It was who that
80.______ the camel can go for three days without food or drink?
a. That it is why b. That is it why c. Why it is that d. Why is it that
22.6 代词练习答案
1 B 19 A 37 C 55 A 73 C
2 C 20 A 38 D 56 C 74 C
3 B 21 D 39 D 57 B 75 D
4 D 22 C 40 D 58 C 76 A
5 C 23 B 41 A 59 D 77 C
6 A 24 D 42 C 60 D 78 B
7 B 25 C 43 C 61 B 79 C
8 C 26 C 44 D 62 C 80 D
9 A 27 B 45 B 63 A 81
10 B 28 D 46 A 64 B 82
11 C 29 A 47 C 65 B 83
12 A 30 B 48 C 66 B 84
13 A 31 B 49 B 67 D 85
14 C 32 B 50 D 68 A 86
15 A 33 A 51 B 69 B 87
16 A 34 B 52 B 70 D 88
17 A 35 B 53 C 71 A 89
18 C 36 C 54 C 72 B 90
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇9：高三英语复习与训练四--形容词和副词 (人教版高二英语必修二教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练四--形容词和副词
4. 形容词和副词
4.1 形容词及其用法
形容词修饰名词，说明事物或人的性质或特征。通常，可将形容词分成性质形容词和叙述形容词两类，其位置不一定都放在名词前面。
1）直接说明事物的性质或特征的形容词是性质形容词，它有级的变化，可以用程度副词修饰，在句中可作定语、表语和补语。例如：hot。
2）叙述形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化，也不可用程度副词修饰。大多数以a开头的形容词都属于这一类。例如：afraid 害怕的。
（错） He is an ill man.
（对） The man is ill.
（错） She is an afraid girl.
（对） The girl is afraid.
这类词还有： well，unwell，ill，faint，afraid，alike，alive，alone，asleep，awake 等。
3）形容词作定语修饰名词时，要放在名词的前边。但是如果形容词修饰以-thing为字尾的词语时，要放在这些词之后。例如：something nice.
4.2 以-ly结尾的形容词
1） 大部分形容词加-ly可构成副词。但 friendly，deadly，lovely，lonely，likely，lively，ugly，brotherly，仍为形容词。
改错： （错） She sang lovely.
（错） He spoke to me very friendly.
（对） Her singing was lovely.
（对） He spoke to me in a very friendly way.
2）有些以-ly 结尾既为形容词，也为副词，如daily，weekly，monthly，yearly，early等。例如：
The Times is a weekly paper. 《时代周刊》为周刊。
The Times is published weekly. 《时代周刊》每周发行一期。
4.3 用形容词表示类别和整体
1） 某些形容词加上定冠词可以泛指一类人，与谓语动词的复数连接，如the dead，the living，the rich，the poor，the blind，the hungry等。例如：
The poor are losing hope. 穷人行将失去希望。
2） 有关国家和民族的形容词加上定冠词指这个民族的整体，与动词的复数连用，如the British，the English，the French，the Chinese等。例如：
The English have wonderful sense of humor. 英国人颇有幽默感。
4.4 多个形容词修饰名词的顺序
多个形容词修饰名词时，其顺序为：限定词--数词--描绘词--（大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色）--出处--材料性质--类别--名词。例如：
a small round table/ a tall gray building/ a dirty old brown shirt/ a famous German medical school/ an expensive Japanese sports car
典型例题:
1） Tony is going camping with ___ boys.
A. little two other B. two little other C. two other little D. little other two
答案：C。由“限定词--数词--描绘词--（大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色） --性质--名词”的顺序可知数词，描绘词，性质依次顺序，只有C符合答案。
2） One day they crossed the ____bridge behind the palace.
A. old Chinese stone B. Chinese old stone C. old stone Chinese D. Chinese stone old
答案A. 几个形容词修饰一个名词，他们的排列顺序是：年龄，形状，大小+颜色+来源+质地+用途+国家+名词。
3） ---- How was your recent visit to Qingdao?
---- It was great. We visited some friends，and spent the ___days at the seaside.
A. few last sunny B. last few sunny C. last sunny few D. few sunny last
答案：B。本题考查多个形容词的排序问题。一般与被修饰形容词关系密切的形容词靠近名词；如果几个形容词的重要性差不多，音节少的形容词在前，音节多的方在后，在不能确定时，可参照：限定词+数量词（序数词在前，基数词在后）+性状形容词+大小、长短、高低等形体+新旧+颜色+国籍+材料+名词，如those + three + beautiful + large + square +old + brown + wood + table。
4.5 副词及其基本用法
副词主要用来修饰动词，形容词，副词或其他结构。
一、副词的位置
1） 在动词之前。
2） 在be动词、助动词之后。
3） 多个助动词时，副词一般放在第一个助动词后。
注意：
a. 大多数方式副词位于句尾，但宾语过长，副词可以提前，以使句子平衡。例如：
We could see very clearly a strange light ahead of us.我们清楚地看到前面有奇怪的光。
b. 方式副词well，badly，hard等只放在句尾。例如：
He speaks English well. 他英语说得好。
二、副词的排列顺序：
1） 时间，地点副词，小单位的在前，大单位在后。
2） 方式副词，短的在前，长的在后，并用and或but等连词连接。例如：
Please write slowly and carefully. 请写得慢一些，仔细一些
3） 多个不同副词排列：程度+地点+方式+时间副词。
注意：副词very 可以修饰形容词，但不能修饰动词。
改错：（错） I very like English.
（对） I like English very much.
注意：副词enough要放在形容词的后面，形容词enough放在名词前后都可。例如：
I don't know him well enough. 他我不熟悉。
There is enough food for everyone to eat.有足够的食物供每个人吃。
There is food enough for everyone to eat.
4.6 兼有两种形式的副词
1） close与closely
close意思是“近”；closely 意思是“仔细地”。例如：
He is sitting close to me. 他就坐在我边上。
Watch him closely. 盯着他。
2） late 与lately
late意思是“晚”；lately 意思是“最近”。例如：
You have come too late. 你来得太晚了。
What have you been doing lately?近来好吗？
3） deep与deeply
deep意思是“深”，表示空间深度；deeply时常表示感情上的深度，“深深地”。例如：
He pushed the stick deep into the mud.他把棍子深深插进泥里。
Even father was deeply moved by the film.老爸也被电影深深打动了。
4） high与highly
high表示空间高度；highly表示程度，相当于much。例如：
The plane was flying high. 这架飞机飞得很高。
I think highly of your opinion. 你的看法很有道理。
5） wide与widely
wide表示空间宽度；widely意思是“广泛地”，“在许多地方”。例如：
He opened the door wide. 他把门开得大大的。
English is widely used in the world.英语在世界范围内广泛使用。
6） free与freely
free的意思是“免费”；freely 的意思是“无限制地”。例如：
You can eat free in my restaurant whenever you like.无论什么时候，我这饭铺免费对你开放。
You may speak freely; say what you like.你可以畅所欲言，想说什么就说什么。
4.7 形容词与副词的比较级
大多数形容词（性质形容词）和副词有比较级和最高级的变化，即原级、比较级和最高级，用来表示事物的等级差别。原级即形容词的原形，比较级和最高级有规则变化和不规则变化两种。
1） 规则变化
单音节词和少数双音节词，加词尾-er，-est来构成比较级和最高级。
构成法 原级 比较级 最高级
一般单音节词未尾加-er,-est tall taller tallest
以不发音的e结尾的单音词和少数以- le结尾的双音节词只加-r,-st nice nicer nicest
以一个辅音字母结尾的闭音节单音节词，双写结尾的辅音字母，再加-er,-est big bigger biggest
“以辅音字母+y”结尾的双音节词，改y为i，再加-er，-est busy busier busiest
少数以-er,-ow结尾的双音节词未尾加-er,-est clever/narrow cleverer/ narrower cleverest/ narrowest
其他双音节词和多音节词，在前面加more，most来构成比较级和最高级 important/ easily more important/ more easily most important/ most easily
2） 不规则变化
原级 比较级 最高级
good better best
well（健康的） worse worst
bad
ill（有病的）
old older/elder oldest/eldest
much/many more most
little less least
far farther/further farthest/furthest
4.8. as + 形容词或副词原级 + as
1）在否定句或疑问句中可用so… as。例如：
He cannot run so/as fast as you. 他没你跑得快。
2）当as… as 中间有名词时采用以下格式：as +形容词+ a +单数名词/ as + many/much +名词。例如：
This is as good an example as the other is. 这个例子和另外一个一样好。
I can carry as much paper as you can. 你能搬多少纸，我也能。
3）用表示倍数的词或其他程度副词做修饰语时，放在as的前面。例如：
This room is twice as big as that one. 这房间的面积是那间的两倍。
Your room is the same size as mine. 你的房间和我的一样大。
4）倍数+ as + adj. + as <=>倍数+ the … + of。例如：
This bridge is three times as long as that one. 这座桥的长度是那座的三倍。
This bridge is three times the length of that one.
Your room is twice as large as mine. 你的房间是我的两倍大。
Your room is twice the size of mine.
4.9 比较级形容词或副词 + than 。例如：
You are taller than I. 你比我高。
They lights in your room are brighter than those in mine.你房间的那些灯比我房间里的亮。
注意：
1）要避免重复使用比较级。
（错） He is more cleverer than his brother.
（对） He is more clever than his brother.
（对） He is clever than his brother.
2）要避免将主语含在比较对象中。
（错） China is larger than any country in Asia.
（对） China is larger than any other countries in Asia.
3）要注意对应句型，遵循前后一致的原则。
The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Beijing.
It is easier to make a plan than to carry it out.
4）要注意定冠词在比较级中的使用。
比较：Which is larger, Canada or Australia?
Which is the larger country, Canada or Australia?
She is taller than her two sisters.
She is the taller of the two sisters.
4.10 可修饰比较级的词
1）a bit, a little, rather, much, far, by far, many, a lot, lots, a great deal, any, still, even等。
2）还可以用表示倍数的词或度量名词作修饰语。
3）以上词（除by far）外，必须置于比较级形容词或副词的前面。
典型例题：
1）---- Are you feeling ____?
---- Yes，I'm fine now.
A. any well B. any better C. quite good D. quite better
答案：B. any 可修饰比较级，quite修饰原级，well的比较级为better.
2）The experiment was____ easier than we had expected.
A. more B. much more C. much D. more much
答案：C. much可修饰比较级，因此B，C都说得通，但easier本身已是比较级，不需more，因此C为正确答案。
3）If there were no examinations, we should have ___ at school.
A. the happiest time B. a more happier time C. much happiest time D. a much happier time
答案：D。
4.11 many, old 和 far
1） 如果后接名词时，much more +不可数名词，many more +可数名词复数。
2） old 有两种比较级和最高级形式: older/oldest 和elder/eldest。elder，eldest 只用于兄弟姐妹的长幼关系。例如：
My elder brother is an engineer. 我哥哥是个工程师。
Mary is the eldest of the three sisters. 玛丽是三姐妹中最大的。
3） far 有两种比较级，farther，further。一般father 表示距离，further表示进一步。例如：
I have nothing further to say. 我没什么要说了。
4.12 the + 最高级 + 比较范围
1）形容词最高级前通常必须用定冠词 the，副词最高级前可不用。例如：
The Sahara is the biggest desert in the world. 撒哈拉沙漠是世界上最大的沙漠。
形容词most前面没有the，不表示最高级的含义，只表示“非常”。例如：
It is a most important problem. =It is a very important problem. 这是个很重要的问题。
注意：使用最高级要注意将主语包括在比较范围内。
（错） Tom is the tallest of his three brothers.
（对） Tom is the tallest of the three brothers.
2） 下列词可修饰最高级，by far, far, much, mostly, almost。例如：
This hat is nearly / almost the biggest. 这帽子差不多是最大的了。
注意：
a. very可修饰最高级，但位置与much不同。
This is the very best.
This is much the best.
b. 序数词通常只修饰最高级。例如：
Africa is the second largest continent.非洲是第二大洲。
3） 最高级的意义有时可以用比较级表示出来。例如：
Mike is the most intelligent in his class. 马克是班上最聪明的。
Mike is more intelligent than any other students in his class.
4） “否定词语+比较级”，“否定词语+ so… as”结构也可以表示最高级含义。例如：
Nothing is so easy as this. 没比这更简单的了。
=Nothing is easier than this.
=This is the easiest thing.
4.13 和more有关的词组，
1） the more…the more… 越……就越……。例如：
The harder you work，the greater progress you'll make. 越努力，进步越大。
2） more B than A=less A than B 与其说A不如说B。例如：
He is more lazy than slow at his work. = He is less slow than lazy at his work. 他工作时，与其说是反应慢不如说是懒。
3） no more… than… 与……一样……，不比……多。例如：
The officials could see no more than the Emperor. 官员们看到的和皇帝一样多。
no less… than… 与……一样……。例如：
He is no less diligent than you. 他和你一样勤勉。
4） more than 不只是，非常。例如：
She is more than kind to us all. 她对我们非常热心。
典型例题
1）The weather in China is different from____.
A. in America B. one in America C. America
D. that in America
答案：D. 本题意为“中国的天气比美国热。”比较的是天气而不是国家，C不能选。A没有名词，后句成分不全，排除。B和D中，B中的one常用来代替可数名词，而that可车以代替不可数或抽象名词，所以选D。
2）After the new technique was introduced，the factory produced ___ tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A. as twice many B. as many twice C. twice as many D. twice many as
答案C. 此句意为“这个厂1988能生产的拖拉机是往年的两倍”。表示倍数用“倍数+ as + 形容词原形+ as +比较对象”的句型。所以此句答案为C。
4.14 形容词和副词练习
1. The modern machine proved ______ in heart surgery.
a. high valuable b. highly valuable c. valuable high d. valuable highly
2. Mr. Johnson and his ______ daughter do not always understand each other.
a. older b. the oldest c. eldest d. the eldest
3. They ______ thought that the truth would be finally discovered.
a. little b. not c. small d. bit
4. They hardly believe that the apartment which costs them $ 4,000 is ______.
a. so small b. such little c. so little d. such small
5. If a claim is kept ______, it is more likely to be recognized.
a. live b. lived c. alive d. living
6. On his way to school he met ______, so he sent him to hospital.
a. very ill man b. much sick man c. serious ill man d. very sick man
7. She was operated a month ago but now she was ______.
a. very good b. very well c. healthy d. good conditioned
8. What I would do is to go ______.
a. really quietly somewhere b. somewhere quietly really
c. really quiet somewhere d. somewhere really quiet
9. The chairman asked ______ to write their questions on a piece of paper and send them to the front.
a. the present members b. the members presently
c. the members present d. the presently members
10. The price was very reasonable; I would gladly have paid ______ he asked.
a. three times much as b. three times as many as
c. as three times much as d. three times as much as
11. The trousers are ______, but Tom does not care a bit.
a. too a little small b. a little too small c. a too little small d. a small too little
12. She wore a dress to the party that was far more attractive than ______.
a. other girls b. that of other girls c. the other girls d. those of other girls
13. he can play tennis better than ______ in the class.
a. any boys b. any other boy c. any boy d. any other
14. Kasia is taking her ______ tour of the shops in search of bargains.
a. daily b. day c. day time d. night
15. ______ the child expresses his interest in an activity, the stronger it will become.
a. The more frequent b. The frequenter c. The more frequently d. the frequentlier
16. We’d better wait _______ , Peter and Tom will come very soon.
a. a little longer b. more longer c. long d. as longer
17. although the medicine tastes ______, it seems to help my condition.
a. bad b. badly c. too much bad d. too badly
18. When she got her first month salary, Diana bought herself ______ dress.
a. a cotton , blue …expensive b. an expensive … blue, cotton
c. a blue, expensive … cotton d. a cotton, expensive… blue
19. The doctors have tried ______ to save the life of the wounded soldier.
a. everything possible humanly b. humanly everything possible
c. everything humanly possible d. humanly possible everything
20. I was worried very much because I’ll miss my flight if the bus arrives ______.
a. lately b. late c. latter d. more later
21. The noise outside was ______ his speech was hardly audible.
a. too irritating that b. so irritating so c. so irritating that d. so irritating enough that
22. The harder the shrub is to grow, ______.
a. the more higher price it b. the higher price it is
c. the higher the price is d. the higher is the price
23. The photographs of Mars taken by satellite are ______ taken from the earth.
a. clearest than those b. clearer than that
c. much clear than those d. much clearer than those
24. ______ anywhere in the United States costs less than a dollar when you dial it yourself.
a. Three-minute call b. A three-minutes call
c. A three-minute call d. A three-minutes-call
25. We arrived ______ Professor Baker had already called the roll.
a. so lately that b. as late that c. so later that d. so late that
26. It is ______ that I would like to go to the beach.
a. so nice weather b. such nice weather c. so nice a weather d. such a nice weather
27. Her little car isn’t ______ to seat more than two people comfortably.
a. big enough b. enough big c. so big enough d. big as enough
28. His score on the exam was ______ to qualify him for a graduate program.
a. too good b. well enough c. as high as d. good enough
29. The plane is scheduled to arrive ______ because of bad weather.
a. lately b. late c. later d. latest
30. There are ______ that I can’t finish them.
a. so long assignments b. such long assignments
c. long assignments d. so very long assignments
31. Bats find their way by squeaking ______ and guiding themselves by echoes.
a. very fast b. very fastly c. much faster d. most fastly
32. Your application will be considered ______ your file is completed.
a. as quickly as b. as soon as c. as fast as d. as early as
33. This dress is prettier, but it costs ______ that one.
a. twice more than b. twice as much as c. as much twice as d. twice so much as
34. A new shopping center on the north side will have ______.
a. five hundred more than shops b. as more than five hundred shops
c. five hundred shops more than d. more than five hundred shops
35. The more you study during the semester, ______ you have to study the week before exams.
a. the less b. the lesser c. less d. the little
36. To answer accurately is more important than ______.
a. a quick finish b. to finish quickly c. finishing quickly d. you finish quickly
37. When a body enters the earth’s atmosphere, it travels ______.
a. in a rapid manner b. fastly c. with great speed d. very rapidly
38. The salary of a taxi driver is much higher _______.
a. in comparison with the salary of a teacher b. than a teacher
c. than that of a teacher d. to compare as a teacher
39. Frost occurs in valleys and on low grounds ______ on adjacent hills.
a. more frequently as b. as frequently than
c. more frequently than d. frequently than
40. She can speak _______ in front of Mack, but she can’t eat ______ in his restaurant.
a. free, free b. free, freely c. freely, free d. freely, freely
41. You will have to practice ______ times before you can do it.
a. may more b. more several c. more often d. more many
42. I have been going to Shanghai ______ than I used to.
a. lesser b. less c. fewer d. less often
43. Tuition at American university runs ______ one thousand dollars a semester.
a. so high as b. as high to c. as high as d. as higher than
44. I enjoy the concert last night; they played ______ beautiful music.
a. such b. such a c. so d. so a
45. Several day ______, I saw the man again on the street.
a. late b. later c. latter d. last
46. When electricity was first invented, people refused to believe such a thing ______.
a. impossible b. possibly c. possible d. impossibly
47. The reason why so many people sit before the television tonight is that there will be a ______ show.
a. living b. live c. alive d. lived
48. When the three boys met one another, they found they looked very much ______. Then they knew they were triplet.
a. like b. alike c. likely d. liked
49. The doctor assured the patient that there was ______ with her, but she could not help worrying.
a. seriously wrong nothing b. nothing serious wrong
c. nothing seriously wrong d. serious nothing wrong
50. If you live in Wuhan one day and in Shenyang the next, you ______ the change in temperature.
a. are certainly to feel b. certainly feel c. are to feel certainly d. are certain to feel
51. As a safety precaution, all drivers carry only enough money to make change for ______.
a. a bill of ten-dollar b. a ten-dollars bill
c. a ten-dollar bill d. a tens-dollar bill
52. When I spent holidays Europe, I bought _____ vases.
a. two lovely big old German b. two lovely old big German
c. two German big old lovely d. lovely big two old German
53. Everyone will agree that food in the south is as good as ______ in the country.
a. other region b. any other region c. that of any region d. that of any other region
54. Stars are so far away that they are ______ spots of light when seen from the earth.
a. nothing more as b. anything more than
c. more than d. nothing more than
55. What deeply impressed his was that magnificent ______.
a. eight-century-old b. eight-centuries c. old-eight-centuries d. eight-century’s-old
56. _______ focus on cultural differences between Chinese and Western societies.
a. The below text and dialogues b. Below the text and dialogues
c. The text and dialogues below d. Text and dialogues the below
57. People will be able to fly from one planet to another in ______.
a. little nasty arrow-shaped tubes b. nasty little arrow-shaped tubes
c. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes d. arrow-shaped little nasty tubes
58. Beginning in the late 19th century, the _______ rise in the productivity of England was just ______ less than Germany and the U.S.
a. year…slightly b. yearly…slight c. yearly…slightly d. year…slightly
59. In Spain, officials estimate that ______ 75 percent of the current violent crime is drug related.
a. much as b. as much as c. as many as d. as great
60. You should spend ______ in the study of the various senses and uses of the common words.
a. much time as you can b. as time much as you can
c. time as many as you can d. as much time as you can
61. Professor Chen asked us to write ______ essay on individual differences in second language learning.
a. a no more than two-thousand-word b. a less two-thousand-words
c. a less than two-thousands-words d. a no more two than thousand word
62. Her voice is ______.
a. loud b. aloud c. loudly d. loudness
63. That so many advances have been made in ______ is the most valid argument for retaining the research unit.
a. such short time b. so a short time c. such a short time d. such short a time
64. ______ curriculum includes all experiences which the students may have within the environment of the school.
a. Broad speaking b. Speaking broadly c. Broadly speaking d. Broadly
65. Since taxi fare in the city may run ______ twenty dollars, I suggest that you take a bus.
a. as high as b. as expensive as c. so high that d. so expensive as
66. If negotiations for the new trade agreements take ______, critical food shortages will develop in several countries.
a. too much longer b. much too long c. the longest d. the longer
67.If he had followed the directions carefully in taking the medicine, he would have felt better ______.
a. much quicker b. more quick c. much quickly d. more quickly
68.Since he spent his childhood in France, Jack is able to converse in French ______.
a. rather good b. quite better c. fairly more d. rather well
69.Of the two cars that the Smiths have, the Plymouth is, without any question, ______.
a. the cheapest to run b. the cheaper to run c. cheaper d. more cheaper
70.With ______ three inches of rain falling in a six-month period, the farmers found it necessary to irrigate the land
a. less than b. little than c. fewer than d. less few than
71. On a small marble table in the center of her boudoir stands ______ vase.
a. a little exquisite antique brown Chinese porcelain
b. an exquisite little antique brown Chinese porcelain
c. an antique little exquisite brown Chinese porcelain
d. a Chinese antique little expensive brown porcelain
72.“When is Tom going to leave?”
“He is going to leave ______ this week.”
a. sometimes b. some time c. sometime d. somewhat
73.The librarian insists that Dana take ______ books from library before she returns the dictionary she borrowed last month.
a. no b. many c. not many d. no more
74.The facilities of the older hospital are ______ the new hospital.
a. as good or better than b. as good as or better as
c. as good as or better than d. as good as or better than those of
75.______ iron has relatively few economical uses.
a. Chemical pure b. Chemically pure c. Pure chemical d. Purely chemical
76.I walked 8 miles today. I never guessed that I could walk ______ far.
a. much b. that c. such d. as
77.They _____ to our proposal.
a. have not still responded b. have not responded still
c. have still not responded d. still have not responded
78.True hibernation takes place only among ______ animals.
a. whose blood is warm b. blood worm
c. warm-blooded d. they have warm blood
79.He works ______.
a. lone b. lonely c. alone d. lonesome
80.A _____ road goes ______ from our college to the center.
a. straight…straight b. straightly…straightly c. straight…straightly d. straightly…straight
22.7 形容词、副词练习答案
1 B 19 C 37 D 55 A 73 D
2 C 20 B 38 C 56 C 74 D
3 A 21 C 39 C 57 B 75 B
4 A 22 C 40 C 58 C 76 B
5 C 23 D 41 A 59 B 77 D
6 D 24 C 42 D 60 D 78 C
7 B 25 D 43 C 61 A 79 C
8 D 26 B 44 A 62 A 80 A
9 C 27 A 45 B 63 C 81
10 D 28 D 46 C 64 C 82
11 B 29 B 47 B 65 A 83
12 D 30 B 48 B 66 B 84
13 B 31 A 49 C 67 D 85
14 A 32 B 50 D 68 D 86
15 C 33 B 51 C 69 C 87
16 A 34 D 52 A 70 A 88
17 A 35 A 53 D 71 B 89
18 C 36 B 54 D 72 C 90
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇10：高三英语复习与训练十二一--动词的语态 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练十二一--动词的语态
12. 动词的语态
语态有两种：主动语态和被动语态。主语是动作的发出者时为主动语态；主语是动作的接受者时为被动语态。
注意：1）感官动词主动语态的宾语补足语是不带to 的不定式，变为被动语态时，该不定式前要加“to”。例如：
The teacher made me go out of the classroom. 老师逼我走出教室。
-->I was made to go out of the classroom （by the teacher）.
We saw him play football on the playground. 我们看见他在草场踢球。
-->He was seen to play football on the playground.
2）情态动词+ be +过去分词，构成被动语态。例如：
Coal can be used to produce electricity for agriculture and industry. 煤可以产生工农业需要的电。
12.1 let 的用法
1）当let后只有一个单音节动词，变被动语态时，可用不带to 的不定式。例如：
They let the strange go.他们放陌生人走了。
--->The strange was let go.
2）当let 后宾补较长时，let 通常不用被动语态，而用allow或permit 代替。例如：
The nurse let me go to see my classmate in the hospital. 那护士让我去探望住院的同学。
---->I was allowed / permitted to see my classmate in the hospital.
12.2 短语动词的被动语态
短语动词是一个整体，不可丢掉后面的介词或副词。例如：
My sister will be taken care of by Grandma. 我妹妹由奶奶照顾。
Such a thing has never been heard of before. 这样的事闻所未闻。
12.3 表示“据说”或“相信” 的词组，基本上由believe, consider, declare, expect, feel , report, say, see, suppose, think, understand等组成。例如：
It is said that… 据说
It is reported that… 据报道
It is believed that… 大家相信
It is hoped that… 大家希望
It is well known that… 众所周知
It is thought that… 大家认为
It is suggested that… 据建议
It is taken granted that… 被视为当然
It has been decided that… 大家决定
It must be remember that… 务必记住的是
12.4 不用被动语态的情况
1） 不及物动词或不及物动词短语，如appear, die disappear, end（vi. 结束）, fail, happen, last, lie, remain, sit, spread,
stand, break out, come true, fall asleep, keep silence, lose heart, take place等没有无被动语态。
例如：After the fire, very little remained of my house. 大火过后，我家烧得所剩无几。
比较：rise, fall, happen是不及物动词；raise, seat是及物动词。
（错） The price has been risen.
（对） The price has risen.
（错） The accident was happened last week.
（对） The accident happened last week.
（错） The price has raised.
（对） The price has been raised.
（错） Please seat.
（对） Please be seated.
要想正确地使用被动语态，就须注意哪些动词是及物的，哪些是不及物的。特别是一词多义的动词往往有两种用法。解决这一问题唯有在学习过程中多留意积累。
2） 不能用于被动语态的及物动词或动词短语，如fit, have, hold, marry, own, wish, cost, notice, watch agree with, arrive at / in, shake hands with, succeed in, suffer from, happen to, take part in, walk into, belong to等。例如：
This key just fits the lock. 这把钥匙只配这把锁。
Your story agrees with what had already been heard. 你说的与我们听说的一致。
3） 系动词无被动语态，如appear, be become, fall, feel, get, grow, keep, look, remain, seem, smell, sound, stay, taste, turn等。例如：It sounds good. 听上去不错。
4） 带同源宾语的及物动词如die/death, dream/dream， live/life等，以及反身代词，相互代词，不能用于被动语态。例如：
She dreamed a bad dream last night. 她昨晚做了个恶梦。
5） 当宾语是不定式时，很少用于被动语态。例如：
（对） She likes to swim.
（错） To swim is liked by her.
12.5 主动形式表示被动意义
1）wash, clean, cook, iron, look, cut, sell, read, wear, feel, draw, write, sell等。例如：
The book sells well. 这本书销路好。
This knife cuts easily. 这刀子很好用。
2）blame, let（出租）, remain, keep, rent, build等。例如：
I was to blame for the accident. 事故发生了，我该受指责。
Much work remains. 还有许多活要干。
3） 在need, require, want, worth （形容词）, deserve后的动名词必须用主动形式。例如：
The door needs repairing.= The door needs to be repaired. 门该修了。
This book is worth reading. 这本书值得一读。
4）特殊结构：make sb. heard / understood （使别人能听见/理解自己）等。例如：
Explain it clearly and make yourself understood. 解释清楚些，让别人理解你的话。
12.6 被动形式表示主动意义，如 be determined, be pleased, be graduated （from）, be prepared （for）, be occupied （in）,
get married等。例如：
He is graduated from a famous university. 他毕业于一所有名的大学。
注意：表示同某人结婚，用marry sb. 或get married to sb.均可。例如：
He married a rich girl. 他与一个富妞结婚了。
He got married to a rich girl.
12.7 need/want/require/worth
当 need, want, require, be worth后面接doing时，表示的是被动意义。例如：
Your hair wants cutting. 你的头发该理了。
The floor requires washing. 地板需要冲洗。
典型例题
The library needs___, but it'll have to wait until Sunday.
A. cleaning B. be cleaned C. clean D. being cleaned
答案A. need （实意） +n /to do，need （情态）+ do，当为被动语态时，还可need + doing. 本题考最后一种用法，选A。如有to be cleaned 则也为正确答案。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇11：高三英语复习（非谓语动词 ） (人教版高三英语上册教学论文)
高三英语复习专题（非谓语动词 ）
(出题人：张伟)
1. -- What’s made you so upset?
-- ______ three tickets to the pop music concert.
A. Lost B. Losing C. Because of losing D. Since I lost
2. Excuse me, but it’s time to have your temperature _______.
A. taking B. to be taken C. take D. taken
3. Though he had often made his sister ______, today he was made _______ by his sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
4. I feel like ______ a long walk. Would you like ______ with me?
A. taking; going B. taking; to go C. to take; to go D. to take; going
5. Every minute is made full ______ of ______ our lessons well.
A. to use; studying B. use; studying C. use; to study D. used; studying
6. None of the criminals escaped ______.
A. be punished B. being punished C. to be punished D. punishing
7. Why do you have the lights ______ all night long?
A. burn B. to burn C. burning D. burned
8. ______ the past, our life is much better.
A. Comparing with B. Be compared C. To compare with D. Compared with
9. ______ better attention, the vegetables could have grown better with the sun shining brightly in
the sky and ______ them light .
A. Giving; given B. Given; given C. Giving; giving D. Given; giving
10. ______ all the time is the key to ______ progress in English.
A. Practise; making B. Practising; make
C. To practise; making D. To practise; make
11. ______ of plastics, the machines are light in weight.
A. To make B. Having made C. Being made D. Made
12. The ______ morning, the father came into the lonely house, ______ by his naughty boy.
A. following; following B. followed; followed
C. following; followed D. followed; following
13. ______ the exam, the boy was punished by his father.
A. No passing B. Having passed C. Not passing D. Not having passed
14. He is often listened ______ in the next room.
A. to to sing B. to sing C. sing D. sang
15. Is this the watch you wish to ______?
A. have it repaired B. repair it C. have repaired D. have repaired it
16. The way he thought of ______ the problem is practical.
A. solving B. to solve C. how to solve D. how to settle
17. Wet umbrellas are not allowed ______ into the hotel.
A. to be taken B. to take C. taken D. taking
18. She returned home only ______ the door open and something ______.
A. to find; missed B. found; to be missing
C. to find; missing D. finding; to be missed
19. I was fortunate to pick up a wallet ______ on the ground on the way home, but unfortunately for
me, I found my color TV set ________ when I got home .
A. lying; stolen B. laying; stealing C. lay; stolen D. lying; stealing
20. -- Did you close the door when you left?
-- Yes, I remember ______ it, for it remains ______.
A. to close; closed B. closing; locking C. to close; to be locked D. closing; locked
21. Mrs. White was glad to see the nurse ______ after her son and her daughter and was also pleased
to see children well ______ care of in the nursery.
A. looked; taken B. looking; taken C. looked; took D. looking; taking
22. Victor apologized for ______ to inform me of the change in the plan.
A. his being not able B. him not to be able C. his not being able D. him to be not able
23. The Bunsen Burner is so famous because it is thought ______ by Robert Bunsen.
A. to be invented B. having been invented
C. invented D. to have been invented
24. Time ______, I can have done it better.
A. permits B. be permitted C. permitting D. to permit
25. We appreciate ______ us to the ball.
A. them to invite B. to invite C. their inviting D. being invited
26. ______ his mother, the baby could not help ______. .
A. To see; to laugh B. Seeing; laughing C. Seeing; to laugh D. To see; laughing
27. Look at the trouble I am in! If only I ______ your advice!
A. followed B. would follow C. had followed D. should follow
28. People will be encouraged to eat healthy food, ______ and to drink less beer and wine.
A. not to smoke B. don’t smoke C. not smoke D. not smoking
29. ______ in the heavy snow, he walked into an expensive shop.
A. Catching B. Having been caught C. Caught D. To be caught
30. ______ from space, the earth, with water ______ seventy percent of its surface, looks like a
“blue ball”.
A. Seen; covered B. Seen; covering C. Seeing; covering D. Seeing; covering
31. This book is worthy ______ twice.
A. reading B. read C. having been read D. to be read
32. _______, he went to ask his teacher.
A. Not known how to do it B. Unknown what to do
C. Knowing not how to do D. Not knowing how to do it
33. -- I would like to buy an expensive camera.
-- Well, we have several models ______.
A. to choose from B. to choose C. to be chosen D. for choice
34. I regret ______ you that we are unable to offer you employment.
A. informing B. having informed C. to inform D. to informing
35. New ideas sometimes have to wait for years before _______.
A. being fully accepted B. fully accepted
C. fully accepting D. fully being accepting
36. It was ______ the radio that the young man spent a whole morning in his room.
A. to repair B. repaired C. repairing D. to be repairing
37. Autumn ______ on, the leaves on the trees began falling.
A. coming B. come C. comes D. was coming
38. Before he went abroad, he spent as much time as he ______ English.
A. could learning B. learned C. to learn D. could learn
39. Mr. Smith, ______of the ______ speech, started to read a novel.
A. tired; boring B. tiring; bored C. tired; bored D. tiring; boring
40. Mr. Smith stood up in defence of the boy, ______ that he was not the one ______.
A. to say; blamed B. saying; to blame
C. said; blaming D. saying; to be blamed
41. Police are now searching for a woman who is reported ______ since the flood hit the area last
Friday.
A. getting lost B. to be missing
C. having got lost D. to have been missing
42. Isn’t it time you ______ down to ______the papers?
A. get; mark B. got; marking
C. get; marking D. got; being marking
43. ______ and I’ll get the work finished.
A. One more hour B. Given one more hour
C. Have one more hour D. If I have one more hour
44. I can’t stand _____ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses to stop _____ while she works.
A. working; talking B. working; to talk C. to work; talking D. to work; to talk
45. To his disappointment, the opinion he had stuck to ______ wrong.
A. turn out B. turned out C. turning out D. was turned out
46. Such ______ the case, I couldn’t help but ______ him.
A. being; support B. is; to support C. has been; supporting D. be; supported
47. The noise of the desks ______ could be heard in the next classroom.
A. being opened and closed B. opened and closed
C. having been opened and closed D. to be opened and closed
48. Generally ______, when ______ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.
A. speaking; taking B. spoken; taken
C. speaking; taken D. spoken; to be taken
49. The earthquake ____ the tsunami(海啸) happened deep under the sea, ___ over 200,000 people.
A. caused; killed B. caused; killing C. causing; killed D. causing; killing
50. Walking out of the room with a _____ smile on his face, he turned _____ goodbye to the host.
A. forcing; to say B. forced; saying C. forcing; saying D. forced; to say
51. With two children ______ university this September, the parents are working hard.
A. attended B. attending C. to attend D. having attended
52. The car burns more fuel. But ___ it or not, ____ all things into consideration, it’s still a good car.
A. believe; taking B. believe; taken
C. to believe; to take D. to believe; having taken
53. The story ______ by the writer is very ______ with many middle school students in China.
A. /; popular B. written; welcome C. writing; agreed D. written; pleased
54. It’s no use ______ with him. You might as well ______ with a stone wall.
A. arguing; argue B. to argue; arguing C. arguing; arguing D. to argue; argue
55. With his son ______, the old man felt _______.
A. disappointed; disappointing B. disappointing; disappointed
C. being disappointed; disappointed D. to disappoint; disappointing
56. It’s ______ cold! I can’t get the engine ______.
A. frozen; go B. freezing; going C. freeze; got D. freezing; to go
57. Finding her car stolen, _______.
A. a policeman was asked to help B. the area was searched thoroughly
C. it was looked for everywhere D. she hurried to a policeman
58. I was cycling in the street when I heard an old woman ______ out a ______ cry and then saw
her bleeding badly.
A. give; frighten B. give; frightened
C. giving; frightening D. to give; frightened
59. Can you imagine a little boy ______ a stranger ______ into the house and ______ a box away?
A. notice; enter; steal B. watching; coming; taking
C. observed; going; getting D. seeing; steal; carry
59. As I will be away for at least a year, I’d appreciate ______ from you now and then ______ me
how everyone is getting along.
A. hearing; tell B. to hear; tell C. hearing; telling D. to hear; to tell
61. Everybody laughed, ______.
A. I included B. me included C. I including D. me including
62. ______, a man who expresses himself effectively is sure to succeed more rapidly than whose
command of English is poor.
A. Other things being equal B. Other things were equal
C. To be equal to other things D. Other things to be equal
KEY:
1-5 BDABC 6-10 BCDDC 11-15 DCDAC 16-20 BACAD 21-25 BCDCC 26-30 BCACB 31-35 DDACA 36-40 CAAAB 41-45 DBAAB 46-50 AACDD 51-55 CAAAB 56-60 BDBDC 61-62 BA
高三英语复习专题（非谓语动词 ）
(出题人：张伟)
1. -- What’s made you so upset?
-- ______ three tickets to the pop music concert.
A. Lost B. Losing C. Because of losing D. Since I lost
2. Excuse me, but it’s time to have your temperature _______.
A. taking B. to be taken C. take D. taken
3. Though he had often made his sister ______, today he was made _______ by his sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
4. I feel like ______ a long walk. Would you like ______ with me?
A. taking; going B. taking; to go C. to take; to go D. to take; going
5. Every minute is made full ______ of ______ our lessons well.
A. to use; studying B. use; studying C. use; to study D. used; studying
6. None of the criminals escaped ______.
A. be punished B. being punished C. to be punished D. punishing
7. Why do you have the lights ______ all night long?
A. burn B. to burn C. burning D. burned
8. ______ the past, our life is much better.
A. Comparing with B. Be compared C. To compare with D. Compared with
9. ______ better attention, the vegetables could have grown better with the sun shining brightly in
the sky and ______ them light .
A. Giving; given B. Given; given C. Giving; giving D. Given; giving
10. ______ all the time is the key to ______ progress in English.
A. Practise; making B. Practising; make
C. To practise; making D. To practise; make
11. ______ of plastics, the machines are light in weight.
A. To make B. Having made C. Being made D. Made
12. The ______ morning, the father came into the lonely house, ______ by his naughty boy.
A. following; following B. followed; followed
C. following; followed D. followed; following
13. ______ the exam, the boy was punished by his father.
A. No passing B. Having passed C. Not passing D. Not having passed
14. He is often listened ______ in the next room.
A. to to sing B. to sing C. sing D. sang
15. Is this the watch you wish to ______?
A. have it repaired B. repair it C. have repaired D. have repaired it
16. The way he thought of ______ the problem is practical.
A. solving B. to solve C. how to solve D. how to settle
17. Wet umbrellas are not allowed ______ into the hotel.
A. to be taken B. to take C. taken D. taking
18. She returned home only ______ the door open and something ______.
A. to find; missed B. found; to be missing
C. to find; missing D. finding; to be missed
19. I was fortunate to pick up a wallet ______ on the ground on the way home, but unfortunately for
me, I found my color TV set ________ when I got home .
A. lying; stolen B. laying; stealing C. lay; stolen D. lying; stealing
20. -- Did you close the door when you left?
-- Yes, I remember ______ it, for it remains ______.
A. to close; closed B. closing; locking C. to close; to be locked D. closing; locked
21. Mrs. White was glad to see the nurse ______ after her son and her daughter and was also pleased
to see children well ______ care of in the nursery.
A. looked; taken B. looking; taken C. looked; took D. looking; taking
22. Victor apologized for ______ to inform me of the change in the plan.
A. his being not able B. him not to be able C. his not being able D. him to be not able
23. The Bunsen Burner is so famous because it is thought ______ by Robert Bunsen.
A. to be invented B. having been invented
C. invented D. to have been invented
24. Time ______, I can have done it better.
A. permits B. be permitted C. permitting D. to permit
25. We appreciate ______ us to the ball.
A. them to invite B. to invite C. their inviting D. being invited
26. ______ his mother, the baby could not help ______. .
A. To see; to laugh B. Seeing; laughing C. Seeing; to laugh D. To see; laughing
27. Look at the trouble I am in! If only I ______ your advice!
A. followed B. would follow C. had followed D. should follow
28. People will be encouraged to eat healthy food, ______ and to drink less beer and wine.
A. not to smoke B. don’t smoke C. not smoke D. not smoking
29. ______ in the heavy snow, he walked into an expensive shop.
A. Catching B. Having been caught C. Caught D. To be caught
30. ______ from space, the earth, with water ______ seventy percent of its surface, looks like a
“blue ball”.
A. Seen; covered B. Seen; covering C. Seeing; covering D. Seeing; covering
31. This book is worthy ______ twice.
A. reading B. read C. having been read D. to be read
32. _______, he went to ask his teacher.
A. Not known how to do it B. Unknown what to do
C. Knowing not how to do D. Not knowing how to do it
33. -- I would like to buy an expensive camera.
-- Well, we have several models ______.
A. to choose from B. to choose C. to be chosen D. for choice
34. I regret ______ you that we are unable to offer you employment.
A. informing B. having informed C. to inform D. to informing
35. New ideas sometimes have to wait for years before _______.
A. being fully accepted B. fully accepted
C. fully accepting D. fully being accepting
36. It was ______ the radio that the young man spent a whole morning in his room.
A. to repair B. repaired C. repairing D. to be repairing
37. Autumn ______ on, the leaves on the trees began falling.
A. coming B. come C. comes D. was coming
38. Before he went abroad, he spent as much time as he ______ English.
A. could learning B. learned C. to learn D. could learn
39. Mr. Smith, ______of the ______ speech, started to read a novel.
A. tired; boring B. tiring; bored C. tired; bored D. tiring; boring
40. Mr. Smith stood up in defence of the boy, ______ that he was not the one ______.
A. to say; blamed B. saying; to blame
C. said; blaming D. saying; to be blamed
41. Police are now searching for a woman who is reported ______ since the flood hit the area last
Friday.
A. getting lost B. to be missing
C. having got lost D. to have been missing
42. Isn’t it time you ______ down to ______the papers?
A. get; mark B. got; marking
C. get; marking D. got; being marking
43. ______ and I’ll get the work finished.
A. One more hour B. Given one more hour
C. Have one more hour D. If I have one more hour
44. I can’t stand _____ with Jane in the same office. She just refuses to stop _____ while she works.
A. working; talking B. working; to talk C. to work; talking D. to work; to talk
45. To his disappointment, the opinion he had stuck to ______ wrong.
A. turn out B. turned out C. turning out D. was turned out
46. Such ______ the case, I couldn’t help but ______ him.
A. being; support B. is; to support C. has been; supporting D. be; supported
47. The noise of the desks ______ could be heard in the next classroom.
A. being opened and closed B. opened and closed
C. having been opened and closed D. to be opened and closed
48. Generally ______, when ______ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.
A. speaking; taking B. spoken; taken
C. speaking; taken D. spoken; to be taken
49. The earthquake ____ the tsunami(海啸) happened deep under the sea, ___ over 200,000 people.
A. caused; killed B. caused; killing C. causing; killed D. causing; killing
50. Walking out of the room with a _____ smile on his face, he turned _____ goodbye to the host.
A. forcing; to say B. forced; saying C. forcing; saying D. forced; to say
51. With two children ______ university this September, the parents are working hard.
A. attended B. attending C. to attend D. having attended
52. The car burns more fuel. But ___ it or not, ____ all things into consideration, it’s still a good car.
A. believe; taking B. believe; taken
C. to believe; to take D. to believe; having taken
53. The story ______ by the writer is very ______ with many middle school students in China.
A. /; popular B. written; welcome C. writing; agreed D. written; pleased
54. It’s no use ______ with him. You might as well ______ with a stone wall.
A. arguing; argue B. to argue; arguing C. arguing; arguing D. to argue; argue
55. With his son ______, the old man felt _______.
A. disappointed; disappointing B. disappointing; disappointed
C. being disappointed; disappointed D. to disappoint; disappointing
56. It’s ______ cold! I can’t get the engine ______.
A. frozen; go B. freezing; going C. freeze; got D. freezing; to go
57. Finding her car stolen, _______.
A. a policeman was asked to help B. the area was searched thoroughly
C. it was looked for everywhere D. she hurried to a policeman
58. I was cycling in the street when I heard an old woman ______ out a ______ cry and then saw
her bleeding badly.
A. give; frighten B. give; frightened
C. giving; frightening D. to give; frightened
59. Can you imagine a little boy ______ a stranger ______ into the house and ______ a box away?
A. notice; enter; steal B. watching; coming; taking
C. observed; going; getting D. seeing; steal; carry
59. As I will be away for at least a year, I’d appreciate ______ from you now and then ______ me
how everyone is getting along.
A. hearing; tell B. to hear; tell C. hearing; telling D. to hear; to tell
61. Everybody laughed, ______.
A. I included B. me included C. I including D. me including
62. ______, a man who expresses himself effectively is sure to succeed more rapidly than whose
command of English is poor.
A. Other things being equal B. Other things were equal
C. To be equal to other things D. Other things to be equal
KEY:
1-5 BDABC 6-10 BCDDC 11-15 DCDAC 16-20 BACAD 21-25 BCDCC 26-30 BCACB 31-35 DDACA 36-40 CAAAB 41-45 DBAAB 46-50 AACDD 51-55 CAAAB 56-60 BDBDC 61-62 BA
高三英语复习专题（非谓语动词 ）
(出题人：张伟)
1. -- What’s made you so upset?
-- ______ three tickets to the pop music concert.
A. Lost B. Losing C. Because of losing D. Since I lost
2. Excuse me, but it’s time to have your temperature _______.
A. taking B. to be taken C. take D. taken
3. Though he had often made his sister ______, today he was made _______ by his sister.
A. cry; to cry B. crying; crying C. cry; cry D. to cry; cry
4. I feel like ______ a long walk. Would you like ______ with me?
A. taking; going B. taking; to go C. to take; to go D. to take; going
5. Every minute is made full ______ of ______ our lessons well.
A. to use; studying B. use; studying C. use; to study D. used; studying
6. None of the criminals escaped ______.
A. be punished B. being punished C. to be punished D. punishing
7. Why do you have the lights ______ all night long?
A. burn B. to burn C. burning D. burned
8. ______ the past, our life is much better.
A. Comparing with B. Be compared C. To compare with D. Compared with
9. ______ better attention, the vegetables could have grown better with the sun shining brightly in
the sky and ______ them light .
A. Giving; given B. Given; given C. Giving; giving D. Given; giving
10. ______ all the time is the key to ______ progress in English.
A. Practise; making B. Practising; make
C. To practise; making D. To practise; make
11. ______ of plastics, the machines are light in weight.
A. To make B. Having made C. Being made D. Made
12. The ______ morning, the father came into the lonely house, ______ by his naughty boy.
A. following; following B. followed; followed
C. following; followed D. followed; following
13. ______ the ex
篇12：高三英语复习(情态动词、虚拟语气) (人教版高三英语上册教学论文)
高三英语复习专题(情态动词、虚拟语气)
（出题人：蔡炳成）
情态动词常规题：
1. I lived with my sister this summer and didn’t have to pay rent. So I ______ save most of my salary.
A. could B. would C. was able to D. should
2. --- Look, John’s fallen asleep.
--- Oh, he ______ too late last night.
A. might sit up B. should have sat up C. could sit up D. must have sat up
3. On Sundays when I was a child, Father and I ____ get up early and go fishing.
A. could B. would C. might D. should
4. --- Many people in England love to give advice on weather reporting.
--- Yes, but I think the weather office’s computers ___ be more accurate.
A. can B. must C. ought to D. might
5. --- Are you still going to Shanghai for the Spring Festival?
--- Yes, but I really ____ because I have a lot of things to deal with.
A. can’t B. mustn’t C. won’t D. shouldn’t
6. –Well, I forgot to bring my dictionary here yesterday.
-- Actually you ____ it here. You were not allowed to use it.
A. needn’t bring B. needn’t have brought
C. didn’t need to bring D. don’t have to bring
7. --- Shall I book the table for the dinner?
---Yes, you____. The restaurant is always full of people.
A. can B. will C. must D. need
8. The poor boy ____ the test again; in that case, his mother will be very disappointed.
A. must have failed B. might fail C. could have failed D. should fail
9. --- Why ____ it rain now? I ___ go to the concert at 7.
--- What a pity!
A. can; might not B. should; needn’t C. must; can’t D. need; mustn’t
10. --- We need some fresh air, but the window open.
--- _____I help you?
A. didn't; Will B. shan't; Need C. mustn't; May D. won't; Shall
11. -- What do you think of your nephew?
-- He _____ be very naughty but at the same time you _____ help liking him.
A. will; will B. won’t; can’t C. may; may D. can; can’t
12. It was impossible that she____ go down, step by step down the unexpected stairs into the dark below.
A. should dare B. should dare to C. must dare D. must dare to
13. --- I am told that John had another car accident this morning.
--- I believe not. He ______ so careless.
A. shouldn’t have been B. wouldn’t have been
C. couldn’t have been D. mustn’t have been
14. ---You ought to have given them some advice.
---____, but who cared what I said?
A. So I ought B. So ought I C. So I did D. So did I
15. ---Write to me when you get home.
---______.
A.I must B. I should C. I will D. I can
16. Shut your mouth. Nothing ___ stop me once I have made up my mind.
A. will B. ought to C. shall D. must
17. Keep up a good state of mind even if you _____fail plenty of times.
A. must B. will C. can D. should
18. The policeman told the pupils. “You _____ play football in the street.”
A. can’t B. needn’t C. mustn’t D. shouldn’t
19. If you ____ wait a moment, I will go and find our manager.
A. can B. should C. will D. must
20. Don’t believe him. His story ____ be true.
A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. shouldn’t D. may not
情态动词高考题：
21. --- I think I’ll give Bob a ring.
--- You _______. You haven’t been in touch with him for ages.（06苏）
A. will B. may C. have to D. should
22. --- What’s the name?
--- Khulaifi. _______ I spell that for you? （06京）
A. Shall B. Would C. Can D. Might
23. If it were not for the fact that she________ sing, I would invite her to the party.（06闽）
A. couldn’t B. shouldn’t C. can’t D. might not
24. ______ fired, your health care and other benefits will not be immediately cut off.（06鄂）
A. Would you be B. Should you be C. Could you be D. Might you be
25. As you worked late yesterday, you___ __ have come this morning.（06陕）
A. mayn’t B. can’t C. mustn’t D. needn’t
26. The workers will go on strike if the demands they ____put forward are turned down.（06福建）
A. could B. would C.不填 D. had
27. Some aspects of a pilot’s job _____ be boring, and pilots often _____ work at inconvenient hours. (06湖南)
A. can; have to B. may; can C. have to; may D. ought to; must
28. The weather turned out to be fine yesterday. I ____ the trouble to carry my umbrella with me.
(06江西)
A. should have taken B. could have taken
C. needn’t have taken D. mustn’t have taken
29. If I _____ plan to do anything I wanted to, I’d like to go to Tibet and travel through as much of
it as possible. （05湖北卷）
A. would B. could C. had to D. ought to
30. - Tom is never late for work. Why is he absent today?
- Something ________ to him. (05江西卷)
A. must happen B. should have happened
C. could have happened D. must have happened
31. John, look at the time. _____ you play the piano at such a late hour? （05全国卷3）
A．Must B．Can C．May D．Need
32. There _____ be any difficulty about passing the road test since you have practiced a lot in the driving school. （05上海卷）
A. mustn’t B. shan’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
33. I was on the highway when this car went past followed by a police car. They _____ at least 150 kilometers an hour. （05重庆卷）
A. should have been doing B. must have been doing
C. could have done D. would have done
34. I have lost one of my gloves. I _______ it somewhere. （05北京春季）
A. must drop B. must have dropped
C. must be dropping D. must have been dropped
35. “The interest be divided into five parts, according to the agreement made by both sides,” declared the judge. （04重庆）
A. may B. should C. must D. shall
36. Mr. White _____ at 8:30 for the meeting, but he didn’t’ show up. （04广西）
A. should have arrived B. should arrive
C. should have had arrived D. should be arriving
37. --- Excuse me, but I want to use your computer to type a report.
--- You ______ have my computer if you don't take care of it. （04湖南）
A. shan't B. might not C. needn't D. shouldn't
38. --- Mum, I’ve been studying English since 8 o’clock. _____I go out and play with Tom for a while?
--- No, I’m afraid not. Besides, it’s raining outside now. （04辽宁）
A. Can’t B. Wouldn’t C. May not D. Won’t
39. You ______ be tired---- you’ve only been working for an hour. （04全国II）
A. must not B. won’t be C. can’t D. may not
40. --- Tom graduated from college at a very young age.
--- Oh, he______ have been a very smart boy then. （04全国IV）
A. could B. should C. might D. must
41. You might just as well tell the manufacturer that male customers _______ not like the design of the furniture. （04上海春季）
A. must B. shall C. may D. need
虚拟语气:
42. I could have called you for help, but I ____ your number.
A. couldn’t have remembered B. didn’t remember
C. should have remembered D. hadn’t remembered
43. She suggested to the police in the police station that Mr. Smith ____.
A. stole the necklace B. should steal the necklace
C. had stolen the necklace D. steal the necklace
44. ____ it would stop snowing!
A. If only B. Only if C. Even if D. But for
45. My advice is that he ___ so much.
A. not smoke B. doesn’t smoke C. won’t smoke D. must not smoke
46. How I wish I ____ that! Everybody present was angry with me.
A. didn’t do B. hadn’t done C. wouldn’t do D. wasn’t doing
47. _____ it to clear up tomorrow, the tourists would climb to the top of the mountain to wait for the sun _____.
A. If; to raise B. Were; to rise C. Should; to rise D. Because; raising
48. ____the expense, I ___to Italy.
A. If it were not; go B. Were it not for; I would go
C. Weren’t it for; will go D. If it hadn’t been; would have gone
49. His illness was too serious; otherwise he_______saved.
A. could be B., couldn’t have been C. could have D. could have been
50. --- I have great difficulty working out this problem.
--- _____ to me, you _____ less difficulty with such problems.
A. If you had listened, would have had B. If you listened, would have
C. Had you listened, would have D. If you listen, will have
51. ---- Would you have called her up had it been possible?
---Yes, but I ___ busy doing my homework.
A. was B. were C. had been D. would be
52. _____the fog, we should have reached the top of the hill.
A. In spite of B. If there were no C. But for D. Because of
53. Tom insisted what he said ____ true and we insisted that he ____ and have a look.
A. be; should go B. should be; would go C. was ; go D. was ; would go
54. He acts as if he _______the owner of the house.
A. will be B. has been C. is D. were
55. It’s about time that you _____to study English.
A. begin B. will begin C. have begun D. began
56. How I wish it____! If it ___in a few days, the crops would be saved.
A. will rain; rained B. would rain; should rain
C. should rain; rains D. would rain; had rained
57. Looking round the town, he felt as though he ______ away for ages.
A. has been B. was C. is D. had been
58. I’d rather you me the news.
A. not tell B. not to tell C. didn’t tell D. hadn’t told
59. The old professor gave orders that the experiment ______before 6.
A. was finished B. will finish C. be finished D. shall be finished
60. ______ you succeed and ______you be healthy.
A. May; may B. Wish; wish C. Hope; hope D. Should; may
61. If you hadn’t taken such a long time to get dressed, we’d ______ there by now.
A. be B. was C. were D. are
KEY:
1-5 CDBCD 6-10 CCBCD 11-15 DBCCC 16-20 CDCCD 21-25 DACBD 26-30 CACBD 31-35 ACBBD 36-40 AAACD 41-45 CBCAA 46-50 BBBDC 51-55 ACCDD 56-61 BDDCAA
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇13：情态动词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
情态动词
情态动词一般用法，大家都比较熟悉，但是，到了高中阶段，它的用法外延的比较多，很难理解和掌握。这里，就其考点列举如下：
一． 情态动词的现在完成式的用法
情态动词现在完成式主要有两个功能：表示已经发生的情况和表示虚拟语气。在这两个方面must/mustn’t;can/cann’t;need/needn’t;may/mayn’t;might/mightn’t;should/shouldn’t; oughtn’t等情态动词＋完成式表示的意思是有一定区别的
1． 表示已经发生的情况。
1） must have+过去分词，表示对已发生情况的肯定推测，译为“（昨天）一定……如：
My pain____apparent the moment I walked into the room, for the first man I met asked sympathetically:” Are you feeling all right?”
A must be B had been C must have been D had to be
2） can’t / couldn’t have+过去分词，表示对已发生情况的否定推测，译为“（昨天）一定没……”,如：
Mary____my letter; otherwise she would have replied before
A couldn’t have received B ought to have received
C has received D shouldn’t have received
3） may / might have +过去分词，表示对已发生的事情做不肯定、可能性很小的推测，或事实上根本没发生，译为“也许……”。如：
At Florida Power’s Crystal River plant, a potentially serious leakage of radioactive water may have been unknowingly caused by an electrician.
2．表示虚拟语气。
1) needn’t have + 过去分词，表示做了不必做的事，相当于”didn’t need to do”,译为“其实没必要……”。如：
As it turned out to be a small house party, we____so formally.
A needn’t dress up B did not need have dressed up
C did not need dress up D needn’t have dressed up
2）should have +过去分词，表示应该做某事但实际上未做，译为“本应该……”should not + have过去分词表示本不应该做某事但实际上做了，译为“本不应该……”。如：
I regret having left the work unfinished; I should have planned everything ahead carefully.
（我本来应该事先认真地把每件事情规划的很好，但实际上作者还是没有规划好，以至工作没有完成。）
3) ought to have +过去分词，表示动作按理该发生了，但实际上未发生，译为“该……”，与should 的完成式含义类似。如：
You ought to have told him that the paint on that seat was wet..
4) could have +过去分词，表示过去本来可以做但却未做，译为“完全可以……”。这点与ought/should/ have +过去分词用法相似。如：
What you said is right, but you could have done it better.
5) may/ might have +过去分词，表示过去可以做但实际未做，译为“（那样）也许会……”。如：
You may have noticed something while you were doing this task.
3.几个情态动词常考的句型：
1)may/might (just) as well “不妨，最好”，与had better相近,意为“最好，还是，不妨”。
You may as well repeat the experiment.
2) cannot / can’t…too …“越……越好，怎么也不过分”。注意这个句型的变体cannot…over….如：
You cannot be too careful when you drive a car.驾车时候，越小心越好。
3) usedn’t 或did’t use to 为used to (do) 的否定式。
Tom used not to rise at six every morning.
4）should 除了“应该”一层意思外，考研大纲还规定要掌握其“竟然”的意思。如：
I didn’t expect that he should have behaved like that. 我无法想象他竟然这样做。
二． 情态动词被动关系的主动表达法
1． want, require, worth（形容词）后面接doing也可以表示被动意义。
Your hair wants cutting
The work is worth reading
The floor requires washing.
2．need既可以用need to be done 也可以使用need doing ，两种形式都表达被动的意义
The house needs painting= the house needs to be painted.
The watch needed repairing= the watch needed to be repaired.
补充：
had better, should, ought to是重要的情态动词，也是高考重要考点，学习时应注意下列几点：
一、了解相互间关系
had better(最好), should(应该)与ought to（应该）均为提建议、阐述观点的情态动词，其后接动词原形。should 比had better语气强，ought to语气最强。一般情况下should与ought to可通用。
例1：You had better go there at once. 你最好立即去那里。
例2：You ought to / should work hard.你应该努力工作。
值得注意的是：should还有“竟然”之意，表出乎意料。
例：You can't imagine that a well-behaved gentleman should be so rude to a lady. 你真是难以想象这么一个有风度的先生对一个女子是如此之粗鲁。
二、掌握句型变换方法
had better, should, ought to作为情态动词，各种句型变换均在自身形式上作变化。
（一）否定句
had better, should, ought to用于否定句时，否定词均位于其后，具体形式为：had better not do, shouldn't / should not do, oughtn't to do。
例1：You had better not start at this time. 此时你最好别出发。
例2：He shouldn't be careless in class. 他上课时不应粗心。
例3：She oughtn't to waste time. 她不应该浪费时间。
（二）一般疑问句
had better, should, ought to用于一般疑问句时，分别将had, should, ought提至句首。
例1：Had he better start early at once? 他最好立即出发吗？
例2：Should you do like this? 你应该这么做吗？
例3：Ought he to go there? 他应该去那里吗？
（三）反意疑问句
陈述句谓语动词含had better, should, ought to时，反意疑问句为：had, should与ought+主格人称代词或hadn't, shouldn't, oughtn't+主格人称代词。
例1：You had better not go home, had you? 你最好别回家，是吗？
例2：You should study hard,
shouldn't you? 你应该认真学习，是吗？
例3：He oughtn't to speak in class, ought he? 你上课不应该讲话，是吗？
三、掌握其完成式用法
had better没有完成式，should与ought to完成式意义与用法完全相同。
（一）should/ought to have done 意为本来应做但实际没有做，表达遗憾的感情色彩。
例：There was a lot of fun at yesterday's party. You ________ come, but why didn't you?
A. must have B. should C. need have D. ought to have
析：答案D。 该空含你本来应来但实际未来之意，应填ought to have。
（二）should / oughtn't to have done，意为本来不应做但实际已做，表达遗憾的感情色彩。
例：I was really anxious about you. You ________ home without a word.
A. mustn't leave
B. shouldn't have left
C. couldn't have left
D. needn't leave
析：答案B。 该空含你本不应该一句话不说就离开家但实际已这么做之意，所以应填shouldn't have left。
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇14：高三英语复习与训练十六一--虚拟语气 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练十六一--虚拟语气
16. 虚拟语气
1）虚拟语气用来表示说话人的主观愿望或假想，所说的是一个条件，不一定是事实，或与事实相反。虚拟语气在条件句中应用比较多。
2）条件句可分为两类，一类为真实条件句，一类为非真实条件句。非真实条件句表示的是假设的或实际可能性不大的情况，故采用虚拟语气。
16.1 真实条件句用于陈述语气，假设的情况有可能发生。各种结构参见下表：
句 型 条件从句 主句
一般现在时 shall/will + 动词原形
祈使句
情态动词一般现在时
例如：If he comes, he will bring his violin. 如果他来，会带小提琴来的。
典型例题
The volleyball match will be put off if it ___.
A. will rain B. rains C. rained D. is rained
答案B。真实条件句主句为将来时，从句用一般现在时。
注意：
1）在真实条件句中，主句不能用be going to表示将来，该用shall, will.
（错） If you leave now, you are never going to regret it.
（对） If you leave now, you will never regret it.
2）表示真理时，主句谓语动词不用shall （will） +动词原形，而直接用一般现在时的动词形式。
16.2 非真实条件句
1）虚拟语气可以表示过去，现在和将来的情况，时态的基本特点是时态往后推移。
a. 与现在事实相反的假设
条件从句 主句
一般过去时（be用were） should（would）等 +动词原形
例如：If they were here, they would help you. 如果他们在这儿，会帮助你的。
含义：They are not here, they can’t help you.
b. 与过去事实相反的假设
条件从句 主句
过去完成时 should（would）等+ have+ 过去分词
例如：If he had come yesterday, I should / would have told him about it.如果他昨天来的话，我会把这件事告诉他的。
含义：He did not come yesterday, so I did not tell him about it.
c. 表示对将来不大可能发生的事情的假想
条件从句 主句
一般过去时 should/would等 + 动词原形
were+ 不定式
should+ 动词原形
例如：If you succeeded, everything would be all right. 如果你将来成功了，一切都会好的。
If you should succeed, everything would be all right.
If you were to succeed, everything would be all right.
含义：You are not likely to succeed, everything will be what it is now.
16.3 混合条件句
有时，主句与从句的动作发生在不同的时间，主句从句谓语动词的虚拟语气形式因时间不同而不同，这种条件句叫做混合条件句。例如：
If you had asked him yesterday, you would know what to do now. 如果你昨天问过他，今天就知道做什么了。
（从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反。）
If it had rained last night（过去）, it would be very cold today （现在）.如果昨晚下过雨，今天就会很冷了。
16.4 虚拟条件句的倒装
虚拟条件句的从句部分含有were, should, 或had时, 可省略if，再把were, should或had 移到从句的句首，实行倒装。例如：
Were they here now, they could help us. =If they were here now, they could help us.他们现在在的话，就会帮助我们了。
Had you come earlier, you would have met him. =If you had come earlier, you would have met him.你来得早一点，就碰到他了。
Should it rain, the crops would be saved. =Were it to rain, the crops would be saved.假如下雨，庄稼就有救了。
注意：在虚拟语气的从句中，动词'be'的过去时态一律用“were”，不用was，即在从句中be用were代替。例如：
If I were you, I would go to look for him. 如果我是你，就会去找他。
If he were here, everything would be all right. 如果他在这儿，一切都会好的。
典型例题
_____ to do the work, I should do it some other day.
A. If were I B. I were C. Were I D. Was I
答案C. 在虚拟条件状语中如果有were, should, had这三个词，通常将if省略，主语提前, 变成 were, should, had +主语的形式。但要注意，在虚拟条件状语从句中，省略连词的倒装形式的句首不能用动词的缩略形式。如我们可说 Were I not to do, 而不能说 Weren't I to do。
16.5 特殊的虚拟语气词should
1）在主语从句中的应用
It is demanded / necessary / a pity + that…等结构的主语从句，谓语动词用should 加动词原形，should 可省略。
It is 可用的词有三类 that （should）do
suggested, ordered, required, proposed, demanded, requested, insisted等
important, necessary, natural, imperative, strange等
a pity, a shame, no wonder等
2）在宾语从句中的应用
在表示命令、建议、要求等一类动词后面的从句中，像order, suggest, propose, require, demand, request, insist, command, insist + （should） do等。例如：
I suggest that we （should） hold a meeting next week. 我建议下周召开个会议。
He insisted that he （should ） be sent there.他要求被派到那儿去。
注意：如suggest, insist不表示“建议” 或“坚持要某人做某事时”，即它们用于其本意“暗示、表明”、“坚持认为”时，宾语从句用陈述语气。
判断改错： （错） You pale face suggests that you（should）be ill.
（对） Your pale face suggests that you are ill.
（错） I insisted that you（should）be wrong.
（对） I insisted that you were wrong.
3）在表语从句，同位语从句中的应用
suggestion, proposal, idea, plan, order, advice等名词后面的表语从句、同位语从句中要用虚拟语气，即（should）+动词原形。例如：
My idea is that we（should）get more people to attend the conference.我的想法是让更多的人来参加会议。
I make a proposal that we（should）hold a meeting next week.我提了个建议，下周我们开个会。
16.6 wish的用法
1）wish后面的从句，表示与事实相反的情况，或表示将来不太可能实现的愿望。其宾语从句的动词形式为：
主句 从句
从句动作先于主句动词动作（be的过去式为 were） 现在时 过去时
从句动作与主句动作同时发生（had + 过去分词） 过去时 过去完成时
将来不大可能实现的愿望 将来时 would/could +动词原形
例如：I wish I were as tall as you. 我希望和你一样高。
He wished he hadn't said that. 他希望他没讲过那样的话。
I wish it would rain tomorrow. 我希望明天下雨就好了。
2）wish to do；wish sb / sth to do。例如：
I wish to see the manager. = I want to see the manager. 我希望见一见经理。
I wish the manager to be informed at once. （= I want the manager to be informed at once.）我希望经理能马上得到消息。
16.7 比较if only与only if
only if表示“只有”；if only则表示“如果……就好了”。If only也可用于陈述语气。例如：
I wake up only if the alarm clock rings. 只有闹钟响了，我才会醒。
If only the alarm clock had rung. 当时闹钟响就好了。
If only he comes early. 但愿他早点回来。
16.8 It is （high） time that
It is （high） time that 后面的从句谓语动词要用过去式或用should加动词原形，但should不可省略。例如：
It is time that the children went to bed. 孩子们该睡觉了。
It is high time that the children should go to bed.
16.9 need “不必做”和“本不必做”
didn't need to do表示过去不必做某事, 事实上也没做。
needn't have done表示过去不必做某事, 但事实上做了。例如：
John went to the station with the car to meet Mary, so she didn't need to walk back home.
约翰开车去车站接玛丽，所以她不必步行回家了。
John went to the station with the car to meet Mary, so she needn't have walked back home.
约翰开车去车站接玛丽，所以她本不必步行回家了。 （Mary步行回家了，没有遇上John的车。）
典型例题
There was plenty of time. She ___.
A. mustn't have hurried B. couldn't have hurried C. must not hurry D. needn't have hurried
答案D。needn't have done. 意为“本不必”，即已经做了某事，而时实际上不必要。
Mustn't have done 用法不正确，对过去发生的事情进行否定性推断应为couldn't have done, “不可能已经”。 must not do 不可以（用于一般现在时）。
16.10 虚拟语气练习
1.Everything ______ if Albert hadn’t called the fire brigade.
a.will be destroyed b. will have been destroyed
b.would be destroyed d. would have been destroyed
2.If you hadn’t gone with Tom to the party last night,______.
a.you would meet John already b. you won’t have missed John
c.you will have met John d. you would have met John
3.Supposing this ship ______ , do you think there would be enough life jackets for all the passengers?
a. was sinking b. has sunk c. were to sink d. sunk
4.The insects would devour all our crops and kill our flocks and heads, if ______ for the protection we get from insect-eating animals.
a. it is not b. it were not c. were it not d. they were not
5.The teacher suggested that each student ______ a plan for the vacation.
a. made b. make c. makes d. will make
6.Frankly, I’d rather you ______ anything about it for the time being.
a. do b. don’t do c. didn’t do d. will not do
7.After the way she treated you, if I ______ in your place.
a. be b. am c. was d. were
8.The idea is that the nation ______ an unmanned spacecraft to explore the planet first.
a. sent b. sends c. send d. must send
9.It’s high time you ______.
a. start to work b. would start to work c. started to work d. had started to work
10.“If I hadn’t practiced when I was younger,” the musician says,“I ______ able to play so well now.”
a. wouldn’t be b. won’t be c. wouldn’t have been d. couldn’t have been
11.It is imperative that you ______ there in person.
a. are b. were c. be d. will be
12.The atomic structure is, ______, a miniature solar system.
a. as it were b. as if they were c. as it were d. as if are
13.We required that the machine parts ______ cast iron.
a. is made of b. be made from c. be made of d. is made by
14.The management urged that the cost of production ______.
a.to be further reduced b. was further reduced
b.be further reduced d. should further reduced
15.The business is risky. But ______ we would be rich.
a. should we succeed b. we should succeed c. might we succeed d. would we succeed
16.I wish our teacher ______ to give another test. I haven’t got prepared yet.
a. isn’t going b. weren’t going c. will not going d. could have gone
17.I wish I ______ to the movies with you last night.
a. went b. did go c. could go d. could have gone
18.I’d just as soon ______ rudely to her.
a. that you won’t speak b. your not speaking c. you not speak d. you didn’t speak
19.If I ______ in the twenty-first century, I ______ my vacation in a very different way.
a. should live…would spend b. will live ….should spend
c. are living … should have spent d. will be living…would have spent
20.It is required that the machine ______ as frequently as necessary.
a. be oiled b. must be oiled c. is oiled d. will oil
21.His English teacher recommends that he ______ a regular degree program.
a. begins b. begin c. will begin d. is beginning
22.We prefer that the plan ______ before being put into execution.
a.is fully discussed b. must be fully discussed
c.be fully discussed d. will be fully discussed
23.What do you think of his proposal that improvements ______ in the old type of vacuum cleaner?
a. be made b. will be made c. would be made d. will have to be made
24.The doctor’s advice is that the patient ______ about his real physical condition.
a.be not told b. not be told c. will not be told d. must not be told
25.______,we could not have finished the work on time.
a.If they do not help us b. Was it not for their help
c.Should they offer to help us d. But for their help
26.If we had been more careful, we ______ much better results now.
a. got b. had got c. would be getting d. would have got
27.Henry ______ a rich man today if he had been more frugal in the past.
a. would be b. is c. will be d. was
28.They thought it desirable that an armed guard ______ in readiness.
a. stands b. stand c. stood d. would stand
29.All science students, ______,should have a good foundation in basic sciences.
a.whether they are future physicists and chemists
b.they are future physicists of chemists
c.they should be future physicists of chemists
d.be they future physicists or chemists
30.Sally can’t have written tome, or ______ the letter by now.
a. I’ll get b. I’ll have got c. I’d have got d. I’d get
31.I should very much like to have gone to the party but I ______.
a. am not invited b. was not invited c. shall not be invited d. am not being invited
32.There is a general understanding among the members of the Board of Directors that chief attention ______ to the undertaking that is expected to bring in highest profit.
a. is given b. gives c. should be given d. must be given
33.One of the requirements for a fire is that the material ______ to its burning temperature.
a. be heated b. is heated c. would be heated d. to heat
34.“Did you go to see the football match yesterday?”
“No. I didn’t feel well, but I would have gone if I ______.”
a.did b. have c. would d. had
35.If we had known that she had planned to arrive today, we ______ her at the bus station.
a. may have met b. might meet c. may meet d. might have met
36.We’re safer in a train than we would be if we ______ any other way.
a. traveled b. had traveled c. travel d. have traveled
37.He told me how he had given me shelter and protection without which I ______ of hunger and cold.
a. would be died b. would have died c. would die d . will have died
38.______ today, he would get there by Friday.
a.Was he leaving b. If he is leaving c. Were he to leave d. If he leaves
39.Had electronic computers not been invented, many problems of space flight ______.
a.could be not solved b. could not be solved
b.could not have been solved d. could not have solved
40.He is a poorly learnt man. But he acts as though he ______.
a. is b. were c. should be d. seems like
41.The driver looked over the engine carefully lest it ______ on the way.
a. goes wrong b. go wrong c. went wrong d. would go wrong
42.______ the fog, we should have reached our destination.
a. Because of b. In spite of c. In case of d. But for
43.The old man went to office on foot, but he ______ by bus.
a. might have gone b. ought have gone c. could have gone d. should be gone
44.He is working hard for fear that he ______ to pass the exam.
a. fails b. may fail c. should fail d. would fail
45.She put on her glasses in order that she _____.
a. can see b. saw c. had seen d. might see
46.Whatever ______ we’ll go ahead.
a. had happened b. will happen c. might happen d. may be happened
47.If I ______ out of ink, I might have finished writing the paper.
a. hadn’t run b. shouldn’t run c. didn’t run d. haven’t run
48.But for your advice, I ______ into trouble.
a. would get b. got c. might have got d. should get
49.______ for the traffic jam, I should have covered fifty miles.
a. Had it been b. Had it not been c. It had not been d. It not had been
50.Were it not for the adoption of the open policy, things ______ they are today.
a. would never be b. could have been c. would never have been d. didn’t have
51.If only I ______ there.
a. have not been b. would not been c. will not be d. had not been
52.Tom would buy that bicycle but he ______ no money.
a. had b. has c. had had d. has had
53.I didn’t go to the party, but I do wish I _____ there.
a. was b. were c. had been d. went
54.It is time we ______ up our results.
a. sum b. summed c. will sum d. would sum
55.Dr Bethune worked hard as if he ______.
a. never had felt tired b. had never felt tired c. never felt tired d . was tired never
56.I enjoyed the movie very much. I wish I ______ the book from which it was made.
a. have read b. should have read c. am reading d. had read
57.It is strange that such a thing ______ in your school.
a.will happen b. happens c. should happen d. happened
58.If she could sew,______.
a.she make a dress b. she would have made a shirt
c.she will make a shirt d. she would had made a coat
59.“Did you notice John was not at work today?”
“No. If ______ working, I would have noticed it.”
a.I’d be b. I wasn’t c. I’d been d. weren’t
60.“Why don’t you explain it to her?”
“I ______ it to her if I thought she would understand.”
a.would explain b. will explain c. explain d. would have explained
61.“Your performance was very good.”
“I could have done better if I ______ more time.”
a. have had b. had c. had had d. will have had
62.“She wouldn’t drink her medicine last night, would she?”
“______.”
a.No, but I wish she wouldn’t b. No, but I wish she had
b.Yes, I wish she drank d. yes, I wish she could
63.I think it advisable that he ______ for Tokyo soon.
a. will leave b. may leave c. leave d. leaves
64.The committee asked that the matter ______ at the next meeting.
a. would be discussed b. will be discussed c. be discussed d. may be discussed
65.______ to the doctor right away, he might have been alive today.
a.If he went b. Were he gone c. should he had gone d. Had he gone
66.______ the work, he would do it some other way.
a. Was he going b. If he does c. Were he to do d. If he is doing
67._____,I hardly think I would have recognized him.
a.Should his name not be mentioned b. Had someone not mentioned his name
c.If someone did not mention his name d. If someone had mentioned his name
68.I’d just as soon ______ to the theatre tonight.
a. not going b. not to go c. not go d. that I won’t go
69.At the last committee meeting, the motion that the club ______ open until midnight was defeated.
a. remains b. remain c. remained d. would remain
70.The business of each day, ______ selling goods or shipping them, went quite smoothly.
a. it being b. be it c. was it d. it was
22.14虚拟语气练习答案
1 D 19 A 37 B 55 B
2 D 20 A 38 C 56 D
3 C 21 B 39 C 57 C
4 B 22 C 40 B 58 B
5 B 23 B 41 B 59 C
6 C 24 A 42 D 60 A
7 D 25 D 43 C 61 C
8 C 26 C 44 C 62 B
9 C 27 A 45 D 63 C
10 A 28 B 46 C 64 C
11 C 29 D 47 A 65 D
12 C 30 C 48 C 66 C
13 C 31 B 49 B 67 B
14 C 32 C 50 C 68 C
15 A 33 A 51 D 69 B
16 B 34 D 52 B 70 B
17 D 35 D 53 C 71
18 D 36 A 54 B 72
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇15：高三英语复习与训练九--分词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
高三英语复习与训练九--分词
9. 分词
分词既有动词的特征，由有形容词和副词的特征。分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。现在分词有一般式和完成式，过去分词没有这种区别。及物动词的现在分词还有主动形式和被动形式的区别。分词常用的形式如表所示（以及物动词do 和不及物动词go为例）：
do go
主动 被动
现在分词 doing being done going
过去分词 / done gone
完成式 having done having been done /
9.1 分词作定语
不及物动词的现在分词作定语表达强调动作正在进行，过去分词强调完成；及物动词的现在分词作定语强调主动，过去分词强调被动。分词的完成式一般不作定语。分词作其他成分时，也是如此。分词作定语，单个的分词作定语一般前置；分词词组，个别分词如given, left等，修饰不定代词等的分词，作定语需后置。例如：
We can see the rising sun. 我们可以看到东升的旭日
He is a retired worker. 他是位退休的工人
There was a girl sitting there. 有个女孩坐在那里
This is the question given. 这是所给的问题
There is nothing interesting. 没有有趣的东西
分词作定语相当于定语从句，如Most of the people invited to the party were famous scientists. = Most of the people who wereinvited to the party were famous scientists.
典型例题
1） The first textbook ___ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.
A. have written B. to be written C. being written D. written
答案D. 书与写作是被动关系，应用过去分词做定语表被动，相当于定语从句 which was written
2）What's the language ____ in Germany?
A. speaking B. spoken C. be spoken D. to speak
答案B. 主语language与谓语动词之间有被动的含义。spoken，在句中作定语，修饰主语language, spoken 与 language有被动关系。该句可以理解为：What's the language （which is） spoken in German?
9.2 分词作状语
分词作状语，可以表示时间，原因，理由，条件，让步，连续等，相当于一个状语从句。例如：
Not receiving any letter from him, I gave him a call. 由于没有收到他的信，我给他打了个电话。
As I didn't receive any letter from him, I gave him a call.
Given more attention，the trees could have grown better. 多给些照顾，那些树会长得更好。
If more attention was given, the trees could have grown better.
典型例题
1）_____ some officials, Napoleon inspected his army.
A. Followed B. Followed by C. Being followed D. Having been followed
答案B. Napoleon 与follow 之间有被动的含义。being followed除表达被动之外，还有动作正在进行之意。 followed by（被…跟随）。本题可改为： With some officials following, Napoleon inspected his army.
2）There was a terrible noise ___ the sudden burst of light.
A. followed B. following C. to be followed D. being followed
答案B. 由于声音在闪电后，因此为声跟随着光，声音为跟随的发出者，为主动。用现在分词。
3）_______, liquids can be changed into gases.
A. Heating B. To be heated C. Heated D. Heat
答案C. 本题要选分词作为状语。现在分词表主动，正在进行的；过去分词表被动的，已经完成的。对于液体来说是加热的受动者，是被动的，因而选C。它相当于一个状语从句 When it is heated，…
注意：选择现在分词还是过去分词，关键看主句的主语。如分词的动作是主句的主语发出，分词就选用现在分词，反之就用过去分词。例如：
Used for a long time, the book looks old. 由于用了很长时间，这本书看上去很旧。
Using the book, I find it useful. 在使用的过程中，我发现这本书很有用。
9.3 连词+分词（短语）
有时为使分词短语与主句关系更清楚，可在分词前加连词。 连词有： when，while，if though，after, before, as. 但分词的主语和主句的主语必须为同一个。例如：
While waiting there, he saw two pretty girls come out of the building.
等在那儿时，他看见两个靓妹走出大楼。（waiting 和saw 的主语相同）
9.4 分词作补语
通常在感官动词和使役动词之后。例如：
I found my car missing. 我发现我的车不见了。
'll have my watch repaired. 我想把我的手表修一下。
9.5 分词作表语
表示主语的状态等。例如：
She looked tired with cooking. 她由于忙着做饭，看上去有些疲倦。
He remained standing beside the table. 他依然站在桌旁。
9.6 分词作插入语
分词作插入语的结构是固定的，意思上的主语并不是句子的主语。例如：
generally speaking 一般说来
talking of （speaking of） 说道
strictly speaking 严格的说
judging from 从…判断
all things considered 从整体来看
taking all things into consideration 全面看来
例如：Judging from his face, he must be ill. 从他的脸色看，他一定是病了。
Generally speaking, dogs can run faster than pigs. 总的来说，狗比猪跑得快。 （speaking 不是dogs 的动作）
9.7 分词的时态
1）一般式表示与主语动词同时发生。例如：
Hearing the news, he jumped with joy. 听到这一消息，他高兴得手舞足蹈。
Arriving there, they found the boy dead. 一到那儿，他们就发现那男孩死了。
典型例题
The secretary worked late into the night, ___a long speech for the president.
A. to prepare B. preparing C. prepared D. was preparing
答案B. 此处没有连词，不能选D，否则出现了两个谓语动词worked和was preparing。 只能在B，C中选一个。又因前后两个动作同时发生，且与主语为主动关系，应用现在分词。
2）完成时表示先于主语动词发生。例如：
While walking in the garden，he hurt his leg. 在花园里散步时他伤了腿。
分词作时间状语，如果先与主动词的动作，且强调先后， 要用having done。
Having finished his homework, he went out. 做完作业后，他出去了。
=As he had finished his homework, he went out.
典型例题
___ a reply, he decided to write again.
A. Not receiving B. Receiving not C. Not having received D. Having not received
答案C. 本题考查分词的时态与分词的否定式。根据题意判断，分词的动作（接信）发生在谓语动词的动作（决心再写信）之前，因此用分词的完成式。分词的否定式的构成为not +分词，故选C。该句可理解为：Because he had not received a reply, he decided to write again.
9.8 分词的语态
1）通常，现在分词表示主动，过去分词表示被动。例如：
He is the man giving you the money. （= who gave you…）他就是给你钱的那个人。
He is the man stopped by the car. （= who was stopped by…）他就是那个被车拦住的人。
2）不及物动词的过去分词表示动作已经发生，如gone, fallen, retired, grown-up, escaped, faded, returned等。
例如： a well-read person. 一个读过许多书的人
a much-traveled may 一个去过许多地方的人
a burnt-out match 烧完了的火柴
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇16：非谓语动词 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
非谓语动词
I like cooking. ”
He likes cooking.
It' s not easy for me to learn English.
Seen from the space, the earth is a blue sphere.
以上英语句子中____________________等具有动词特征，但是在句子中不能作谓语的动词形式，就叫动词的非谓语形式，也叫非谓语动词。
非谓语动词是不随 _______________变化而变化的，它们不受人称和数的限定，所以又叫“非限定动词”。
动词的非谓语形式有三种：
（1）动词不定式：to study (to + 动词原形)
（2）分词：studying (现在分词)、studied (过去分词)
（3）动名词：studying (形式与现在分词相同)
动词非谓语形式有以下几种形式变化（以write为例）：
形态 主动 被动
动词不定式 一般
进行
完成
完成进行
现在分词和动名词 一般
完成
过去分词 一般 written
一、动词不定式
二、动名词
动名词可以起 ______词的作用，在句子中作主语，宾语，表语，定语。
动名词的否定形式是在前面加上not, never等否定词。
（一）做____________________
Fishing in this lake is forbidden.
Going abroad for a visit and settling down abroad are two different things.
My favorite hobby is fishing/collecting stamps.
My job is teaching.
注意：
在______________; ______________; __________ ; _______________ ; _________________ ;___________________ 等习惯表达中，
It为__________，而将做主语的动名词短语放在后面。例如：
It’s no use /good ringing her up now.
Is it worthwhile bargaining two hours for two cents?
It’s wise trying again.
It is of great importance fighting against pollution.
It is no use operating on the sick man. He should have been sent here early.
It is no good smoking; you’d better give it up.
（二）动名词短语作___________________。
He avoided giving me a definite answer.
David suggested selling your dog and car to pay the debt.
I couldn’t risk missing that train.
常用的能接动名词的动词有：
承认__________，感激__________，避免__________，建议___________，不禁__________，庆祝__________，考虑__________，完成___________，延期__________，忍耐___________，喜欢__________，结束___________，想象__________，保持___________，在意__________，错过___________，允许__________，练习___________，冒险__________，明白___________。
例如：
（三）动名词短语作___________。如：
The children are fond of listening to pop music.
Are you interested in going to the show?
Thomas insisted on doing it in his own way.
Excuse me for interrupting you.
Before finishing your homework, you’d better not go out. 做
（四）动名词也可以有自己的逻辑主语，就是在动名词短语前面加上
_____________________。
I insisted on his (him) going to the cinema with me.
I can hardly imagine Peter’s sailing across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.
Linda’s coming will do you good.
What made him angry was their (them) laughing.
（五）动名词的完成式和被动语态：
（1）完成式表示__________________________________。例如：
I apologize for having broken my promise.
I don’t remember having talked with him before.
I regret not having met you before my marriage/before I got married.
（2）当___________________________________，动名词要用被动语态。例如：
I could no longer stand being treated like that.
She was proud of having been trained in the U.K.
He doesn’t like being laughed at.
（六）某些动词可接不定式也可接动名词做宾语，但意义有差别。
（1）like, love, hate, prefer等表示喜爱，厌恶的动词后面，
动名词表示______________________
不定式表示______________________
She likes dancing. But she wouldn’t like to dance with you.
He looked tired and I didn’t like to disturb him.
I don’t like reading, but I’d like to read a magazine in bed tonight.
Little Jim should love to be taken to the theatre this evening.
The reporter would /should like to see you again.
We don’t like talking about people behind their backs.
（2） forget to do sth. ___________________
forget doing sth.___________________
The light in the office is still on. She forgot to turn it off.
The light in the office is off. She turned it off, but she forgot turning it off.
（3）remember to do sth. _________________
remember doing sth. _________________
Do you remember meeting me at a party last year?
You must remember to leave tomorrow。
（4）stop to do sth. __________________
stop doing sth. __________________
She stopped to have a rest on a big rock by the side of the path.
As long as you live, your heart never stops beating,
（5） regret to do sth. _____________________
regret doing sth. ____________________
I regret saying that.
I regret to tell you the following truth.
（6）try to do sth. __________________
try doing sth. _________________
You must try to do it again.
Let’s try doing the work in some other way.
（7） mean to do sth. __________________
mean doing sth. __________________
If it means delaying more than a week, I’ll not wait.
I mean to help you, and nothing else. 。
I didn’t mean to hurt you. I’m sorry.
Declaring Taiwan independent means declaring war on China.
（8） go on to do sth. _____________________
go on doing sth. _____________________
After he finished his maths, he went on to do his physics.
I hope it won’t go on raining all day long.
现在做一些练习：
1．根据括号里的汉语意思用动名词填空：
1) ____________（游泳）is a very enjoyable exercise.
2) His work is ________________(修自行车).
3) Europeans uses an knife and a fork ______________(吃肉).
4) We will only succeed by ____________________(努力工作）.
5) Tom hates __________________(早晨9点以后起床).
6) I could' t help ________________(迟到).
7) _____________________(等着没用) there won' t be another bus.
2. 用动词不定式或动名词填空：
1) He wanted ____ (see) the book I had bought.
2) Please stop ___ (walk) about the room and sit down.
3) I called ____ (see) her yesterday but she was out.
4) In 1969, the United States succeeded in ____ (send) a rocket to the moon and ___ (land) two astronauts on its surface.
5) We decided ___ (put) off the meeting until Saturday.
6) Let me ___ (see) what you are doing.
7) When the professor finishes ____ (speak), we will ask him a question.
8) He made her ___ (go) although she wanted ___ (stay).
9) Please remember ____ (give) her this letter.
10) We heard him ___ (say) that he disliked ____ (go) abroad any more.
11) The child enjoyed ___ (play) at the seaside.
12) The little boy was made ___ (take) the medicine.
13) I watched the shop assistant ___ (take) the goods down for the shelf and put them on the counter.
14) He remembers ___ (go) to Shanghai with his parents when he was five.
15) She had her husband ___ (wash) her dirty linen.
16) The thief kept ____ (say) he hadn’t taken the purse.
17) The policeman saw him ___ (steal) the bicycle and ride away on it.
18) I’ve persuaded him ___ (help) us do the job.
19) You had better ____ (go) home now. It looks like rain.
20) Let me___ (know) if you had decided ____ (go).
21) He promised ___ (come) to our party.
22) I forget ____ (see) you there.
23) Don’t forget ___ (see) your grandma this Sunday.
24) I must apologize for not ___ (let) you know earlier.
三、分词
分词有现在分词和过去分词两种。
作为非谓语形式，分词可用作形容词和副词，在句子中充当定语、表语、补语和状语。但它仍保持动词的一般特征，可以有自己的宾语和状语。分词和自己的宾语、状语构成分词短语。
现在分词有一般式和完成式。它的一般式表示和谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生的行为或存在的状态；它的完成式（having + 过去分词）表示在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生的动作或存在的状态。
现在分词有主动语态和被动语态(being + 过去分词)。
过去分词只有一般式，表示在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生的动作。过去分词（及物动词）本身可以表示被动的含义，因而没有别的被动形式。
（一）用法
1．作定语。
作定语的分词通常放在被修饰的名词________________。
如果被修饰的词是something，anything，everything，nothing等，则分词放在这些词________________。
分词短语通常放在被修饰的名词_________________。
This is an interesting book。
China is a developing country.
a broken heart
a risen sun
There is something interesting in the news。
The man sitting by the window is our math teacher。
The machine run by the old worker is made in Shanghai。
1. We lived in the house __________________(我舅舅们修建的).
2. Any medicine ________(服用) without the advice of a doctor can cause trouble.
3. We spent two hours discussing the plan ________________ (她制定的).
4. Lessons _____________ (易学的)are soon forgotten.
** ______________ (易学的) lessons are soon forgotten.
2、作状语。分词和分词短语作状语时，可以表示时间、原因、行为方式等意义。表示时间和原因的分词短语相当于对应的状语从句。
时间
When the students saw the teacher entering the room，They stood up。
= seeing the teacher entering the room, they stood up.
When I was walking in the street, I came across an old friend of mine.
__________________________, I came across an old friend of mine.
After he had heard the news, he jumped with joy.
_________________________, he jumped with joy.
The metal expands when it is heated.
___________，the Metal expands.
When he was asked why he did not do it, he began to cry.
________________________________, he began to cry.
原因
As I was excited，I couldn’t go to sleep
_____________，I couldn’t go to sleep。
Because he was a student，he was interested in sports.
______________________，he was interested in sports.
Because they were inspired (激励) by Dr.Yang’s speech，Li Hua and his classmates decided to study physics harder
_______________，Li Hua and his classmates decided to study physics harder.
方式、伴随
The children went away。They laughed as they went.
The children went away laughing.
The professor stood there and he was surrounded by many students
The professor stood there，_______________________________
He sat on the sofa, and watched TV.
He sat on the sofa, _____________________
条件
If you work hard, you will succeed.
________________, you will succeed.
If you use your head, you will find a way.
________________, you will find a way.
If water is heated to a certain temperature, it turns into steam.
_________________________________, water turns into steam.
3、作宾语补足语。
现在分词
(I) 用在_____________之后作宾补
1. I saw him running along the street.
2. I felt an ant climbing over my leg.
3. Suddenly I noticed her standing outside.
4. I smell something burning.
5. I hear a girl singing in the hall.
(II) 用在 __________________之后做宾补
1. I would have him waiting for me at the gate of the park.
2. Sorry, I kept you waiting a long time.
3. They shut the door and left, leaving the fire burning.
过去分词
(I) 用在_______________ 之后作宾补。
1. The speaker raised his voice, but he still could not make himself heard.
2. Jane got her bad tooth pulled out at the dentist’s.
3. They are going to have the entrance hall painted white.
(II) 用在 ______________ 之后作宾补。
1. He didn’t notice his wallet stolen.
2. I was washing my clothes when I heard my name called.
(III) 用在 ______________之后作宾补。
1. He did not want such question discussed.
2. I would like my living room painted light blue.
4、作表语。
The result of the test is disappointing.
I feel disappointed in the result of the test.
The story is very interesting
He is interested in the book.
The result is surprising.
I am surprised at what he said.
现在分词作表语，说明主语的性质或特征，意为______________，
exciting, moving, amusing, astonishing, frightening, interesting, relaxing, shocking, surprising, terrifying, tiring etc.
过去分词作表语多表示主语所处的状态，意为_________________，
excited, moved, amused, astonished, frightened, interested, relaxed, satisfied, surprised, terrified, tired etc.
过去分词作表语与被动语态的区别
（1）被动结构强调___________，而系表结构强调________________
（2）_________________可以接by + 动作的执行者，___________则不行。
The glass is broken.
The glass is broken by Tom.
The bookstore is closed at six.
The bookstore is closed now.
注意：
（1）分词作状语时，_____________ 和 ______________ 一致：
__________at the top of the mountain，I saw lots of people there.
__________from the top of the mountain, the city is beautiful.
__________again, I found the book interesting.
__________again, the book was found interesting.
（2）在see，hear，watch，notice等动词后，
用动词不定式作宾语补语，通常表示_______________________。
如果用现在分词作宾语补语，则通常表示____________________。
We sat two hours and watched the teacher __________ the experiment.
We passed by the classroom and saw the teacher________ the experiment.
（3）在“have+宾语+分词”的结构中，
现在分词表示 _____________________
过去分词表示 _____________________
动词不定式表示 ___________________
He had the fire ___________ (burn) day and night。
Father had me ___________(swim) the whole summer vacation。
Mary had her dress __________(wash).
Tom had his legs ____________ (break)
I had my watch __________(steal) yesterday。
My mother had me ___________ (wash) my dress.
The teacher had me ______________ (clean) the classroom.
（二）分词的时态和语态
上面已经谈到，过去分词可以表示“被动”和“完成”等意义，因此没有时态和
语态方面的形式变化。下面谈一下现在分词的时态和语态。
1.现在分词的完成式(having+过去分词)表示____________________________。
Having written the letter，John went to the post office.
(=After he had written the letter，John went to the post office.
Having lived in Beijing for years，Lao Wang knows the city quite well.
(=As he has lived in Beijing for years，Lao Wang knows the city quite well.)
Having drunk two glasses of water, Xiao Ma felt a little better.
(=After he had drunk two glasses of water Xiao Ma felt a little better.)
2.现在分词的被动语态(being +过去分词)通常表示“正在被…”的意思。如强调现在分词表示的动作发生在谓语动词所表示的动作之前时，可用现在分词被动语态的完成式(having + been +过去分词)。
The bridge being built will be completed next month.
Having been kept out of the room about half an hour for his returning late，Tom was let in.
exercises:
1、用现在分词或过去分词结构改写下列句子:
1）The teacher is taking a walk on the playground. He is our teacher of English.
2）The birds filled the air with music. They were singing in the trees.
3) Here is a novel. It was written b Lu Xun.
4) The language is English. It is spoken in Australia.
5) Do you know the number of students? They are coming to the English Evening.
6) I could hear the boys. They were playing in the field.
7) He was glad to find the fire. It was burning brightly.
8) I watched them. They were dancing.
9) I saw a man. He was banging at your door
10）Tom rushed into the room. He was covered with snow.
11）Mary sat on the ground. She talked with Jane.
12）I stood at the gate. I was waiting for his arrival.
13) John put on his raincoat because he saw that it was raining.
14) As he was stepping carelessly off the pavement, he was knocked down by the bus.
15) He used chopsticks. He ate his dinner.
16) As he was going downstairs he tripped on the carpet.
17) When I was learning English, I had much trouble in pronunciation.
18) As he himself was one of the exploited Pottier shared their bitterness and sufferings.
19) The bridge had been weakened by successive storms and was no longer safe.
20) What is the book? It is being translated.
21) As we did not know his address we could not get in touch with him.
22) As she had been there many times, she knew the place quit well.
23) As we had not got a reply from them, we became quite worried.
24) Because they had been brought up in the city, they knew little about farmwork.
25) He was a League member. He ought to take the lead in such activities.
2、改正下列句子中的错误(注意分词短语的逻辑主语和句子的主语是否一致)。
Example:
Climbing to the top of the hill, there is a magnificent view to be seen.
-----Climbing to the top of the hill, one can see a magnificent view.
-----If one climbs to the top of the hill, there is a magnificent view to be seen.
1）Being Sunday I shall have a quiet day at home.
______________ I shall have quiet day at home.
2）Entering the house, the door closed with a bang.
3）Walking through the park, the flowers made a lovely sight.
4）Waiting for a bus, a brick fell on my head.
5）Having been away from his hometown for more than thirty years, no one recognize him.
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇17：非谓语动词(人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
非谓语动词
(一)不定式
非谓语动词有三种形式：不定式，动词ing形式(v-ing)及过去分词(ed分词)。
不定式的基本形式是由“to+ 动词原形”构成，其否定形式是not to do，不定式可以带自己的宾语或状语，构成不定式短语，没有人称和数的变化，但有时态和语态的变化，不定式在句中可作主语、表语、宾语、定语、状语、补足语，不作谓语。如：
Lucy asked him to turn up the radio.
To make a plan first is a good idea.
1. 动词不定式不失动词的特点，有时态和语态的变化，不定式有六种形式，以write为例：
主动态 被动态
一般式 to write to be written
完成式 to have written to have
been written
进行式 to be writing
完成进行式 to have
been writing
(1)不定式的时态：
①不定式所表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生或是在谓语动词之后发生，不定式用一般式，如：
It seems that he knows this.
鯤e seems to know this.
I hope that I'll see you again.
鯥 hope to see you again.
②不定式所表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生，并强调动作正在进行的情景，或持续性，不定式用进行式，如：
He pretended that he was listening to English course when I came in.
鯤e pretended to be listening to English course when I came in.
I am very glad that I am working with you.
鯥 am very glad to be working with you.
③不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前，不定式用完成式，如：
I am sorry that I have put you so much trouble.
鯥 am sorry to have put you so much trouble.
It seems that I have met you somewhere before.
鯥 seem to have met you somewhere before.
④如果强调不定式所表示的动作从过去某一时刻起一直持续到某一时刻，不定式用完成进行时，强调动作的持续性，不强调结果。如：
She seems to have been reading the novel for three hours.
The rain was said to have been falling for a week.
(2)不定式的语态：当不定式的逻辑主语与不定式是被动关系时，不定式一般用被动式。如：
This is the plan to be discussed at today's meeting.
The novel is said to have been translated into several languages.
Whether most countries can use natural energy in future remains to be seen.
2. 不定式的作用
(1)不定式作主语：
To say is one thing; to do is another.
To read novels is my hobby.
it形式主语常常代替作主语的不定式，而将不定式或不定式短语放在后面。
To talk with him is a great pleasure.
鯥t is great pleasure to talk with him.
To make electricity by building a dam across the sea is possible.
鯥t is possible to make electricity by building a dam across the sea.
注意：①To see is to believe. 主语和表语都是不定式，不能用it代替：It is to believe to see是错误的。
②To answer correctly is more important than to finish quickly. 而finish与finishing放在than后面都是不合适的，因为前面句子的主语是to answer，后面的主语也要是to finish, 保持than前后句子结构平行。
(2)不定式作表语：不定式在系词后面作表语。
At that time his job was to write reports for the newspaper.
This suit doesn't seem to fit me.
The problems remain to be unsettled.
(3)不定式作宾语：在下列及物动词后，常跟不定式作宾语：want, need, hope, wish, expect, like, hate, try, manage, forget, remember, know, begin, start, intend, plan, mean, pretend, prefer, agree, refuse, learn等。
To keep the water clean, you need to get some under water plants.
I prefer to stay at home rather than go out.
They have decided to visit the nature park for the milu deer.
注意：不定式作宾语时，有时用“it”替换，it为形式宾语，而将真正的不定式作宾语后置，如：
I found to learn English well not easy.
鯥 found it not easy to learn English well.
I feel to help others my duty.
鯥 feel it my duty to help others.
(4)不定式作宾语补足语和主语补足语：通常用于及物动词或动词短语之后，如：
Jim told me to give his best wishes to everyone here.
What caused you to change your mind?
在被动语态was considered后面，不定式为主语补足语接不定式作宾补和主补的动词常有:
ask, beg, cause, call n, help, force, allow, permit, advise, order, get, want, wish, tell
等。
(其中没有hope sb. to do, suggest sb. to do和agree sb. to do)
注意：①不定式作宾语补足语，在部分感官及使役动词后，用不带to的不定式作宾语，常用的动词有：let, make, have, see, watch, notice, observe, look at, listen to, feel等，help有无to都可以，如：
The teacher had us recite the text every day.
The boss made his men work all the night.
把上面句子变成被动语态后，不定式成为句子的主语补足语，需带to，即在被动语态中不定式一律带to，不存在省略问题。
注意：②在谓语动词think, consider, suppose, believe, imagine, prove, find等后面跟to be作宾补，不跟to do，但其中有些可跟to have done作宾补。如：
imagine…to be
Imagine yourself(to be)in his place.
find…to be
We found him(to be)honest.
suppose…to be/suppose…to have done.
I suppose him to be about fifty.
We suppose him to have stolen it.
(5)不定式作定语：不定式作定语，有时与前面被修饰的名词逻辑上有动宾关系，如果不定式是不及物动词或所修饰的名词是不定式的地点，工具等，不定式后面须有相应的介词，如：
I have a meeting to attend. (attend the meeting)
及物动词+ 宾语
Pass me a piece of paper to write on. (write on the paper)
不及物动词+ 介词+ 宾语
在time, place, way后面的不定式省略介词，如：
He had no money and no place to live.
其他不定式作定语情况，如：
I have no chance to go abroad.
They had never moment to rest.
注意：there be句型中的不定式作定语用主动或被动都可以
There is a lot of work to do.
=There is a lot of work to be done.
There is no time to lose.
=There is no time to be lost.
但是在下列句子中，不定式主动与被动形式意义不同：
--Have you anything to wash?
--No, nothing. I plan to go shopping.
不定式动作的执行者是you. you wash something
--Have you anything to be washed?
--No, Thank you.
不定式动作的执行者不是you. 是省略了的(…to be washed)by me或by someone else.
不定式作状语：
①作目的状语：
I got up early in order to catch the 6∶30 train.
The boy ran all the way so as not to be late.
注意：so as to不能置于句首，in order to可以。
②作原因状语：
He smiled to think of his clever plan.
③在某些形容词后面作状语：
I am glad to see you.
You are sure to succeed.
④作结果状语：
第一, I hurried to the post office, only to find it closed. (出乎意料的结果)
第二，too…to…“太……以至于不……”(to后面译作否定)
He is too old to read.
The boy is too young to dress himself.
当不定式前的形容词为nervous, pleased, willing, delighted, happy, glad等时，too…to，“to…”可译作肯定，
They are too nervous to leave. 他们急于离开
当too前有only, 即only too…to译作肯定
I am only too pleased to help you.
当不定式前有否定意义的词时译作肯定
We are never too old to learn. 活到老，学到老。
第三，形容词/副词enough to do sth.
He was quick enough to catch the ball.
The girl is old enough to go to school.
第四，so…as to/such…as to如此……以致于……
He was so angry that he was unable to speak.
He was so angry as to be unable to speak.
He was such a fool that he believed the cheat.
He was such a fool as to believe the cheat.
⑤不定式作方面状语，不定式作方面状语与句子的主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系，不定式多用主动结构，如果不定式为及物动词，后面不必再跟宾语，如果不定式为不及物动词，要用相应的介词，如：
The mountain is difficult to climb. (动宾关系：climb the mountain)
不定式不说to climb it或to be climbed
Lesson Two is easy to learn. (动宾关系：learn Lesson Two)
有时由形容词+ to do结构一起做宾语补足语
3. 不定式的逻辑主语：不定式的逻辑主语一般是句子的主语，如He seemed to be reading something, 当需要明确指出不定式动作的执行者时，用for/of sb. (sth. )to do sth. 表示，如：
(1)当作表语的形容词表达不定式的逻辑主语的品行，性格，性质时，要用of，常见的这类形容词有:
brave, careful, careless, kind, nice, good, honest, clever, wise, unwise, stupid, foolish, rude, cruel, silly, thoughtful, impolite, polite, right, wrong, 等。这时It+ be+ 形容词+ of sb. /sth. to do sth. 句型，等于sb. /sth. + be+ 形容词to do sth. , 如：
It is very kind of you to say so.
相当于You are very kind to say so.
It is clever of him to win the competition.
鯤e is clever to win the competition.
It+ be+ 形容词+ for sb. /sth. to do sth. 这一句型中的形容词大多为：
easy, important, usual, difficult, hard, possible, impossible, necessary等。这些词只能说明不定式行为的是与非，不能说明不定式的执行者，所以不等于sb. + be+ 形容词+ to do sth. ，如：
1)It is difficult for beginners to read the book.
不能说：Beginners are difficult to read.
但是第一类，即It+ be+ 形容词+ of sb. to do sth. 句型中的形容词，如right, impolite…等如果强调评论人用of，强调评论行为也可用for，应用情况如下：
(1)当sb. 为泛指时，形容词着重评论不定式行为本身，如：
It was not right for the south to break away from the Union.
(2)当不定式为被动语态时，不定式的执行者常常省略，因此形容词只用来评论不定式行为了。
It was unkind for you to be laughed at.
总之for sb. to do sth. 强调不定式行为
of sb. to do sth. 强调不定式执行者
4. 带疑问词的不定式：动词不定式可以和疑问词what, which, how, where, when, whether等连用，构成不定式短语，如：
The question is when to start.
They haven't ageed on whether to build a factory here or not.
what to say.
I don't know what to write about.
how to do it.
注意：没有if to do和why to do.
I don't know why to do it. (误)
I don't know why I should do it. (正)
5. 不定式省略“to”的情况：
(1)当and或or连接同一概念的不定式时，或者当它们之间的关系并列一致时，可将and或or后面的to省去，如：
I'd like to go and see a film.
He had to have a job or go hungry.
但是，有时为了表示对照，或加强语气，则不可以省去to，如：
It is easier to say than to do.
(2)不定式在一部分感官或使役动词后面作宾补省略to。
(3)不定式在but(除了……以外)，except后面的使用，如果but, except前有行为动词do, but, except后省去to，如：
They had nothing to do but wait for the doctor.
The whole night he did nothing except watch TV.
(4)在固定句型中：would rather do…than do…/prefer to do rather than do:
1)The bus was so crowded that I'd rather walk home than take a bus.
2)I prefer to play tennis rather than(play)basketball.
6. “to”代表整个不定式：有时为了避免重复，省去不定式后面的内容，保留到不定式符号to, 如果是to be，保留到be，如：
--Will you please give him a message when you see him?
--I'll be glad to.
--Would you like to go shopping with me?
--I'd like to. (或I'd love to)
有时为了强调，也可以不省略。
Do what he or she tell you to do.
(二)动词-ing形式
动词-ing形式由动词原形+ ing构成。动词-ing形式起到名词、形容词和副词的作用，在句中可作主语、宾语、表语、状语和宾语补足语，但不能单独构成谓语，其构成形式如下，以do为例：
主动 被动
一般时态 doing being done
完成时态 having done having been done
否定式：not+ 动词-ing.
Learning English is very important to me.
Having been widened, the road took on a different look.
随着-ing在句子中所做的成分不同，所用的时态和语态有不同的要求，关于-ing的时态和语态的详细使用，在下面ing所作的句子成分中讲述。
1. 动词-ing形式作主语：
Seeing is believing.
有时主语太长，可用it作形式主语，将真正主语放在后面。如：
It is fun swimming in a river or lake in summer.
注意：动词-ing与不定式作主语的区别：
①一般情况下可以换用：
It is dangerous playing/to play with fire.
但在口语中用动词-ing形式放在句首比不定式多。
Going shopping is a pleasant thing.
②在下列句型中习惯用-ing作主语，不用不定式：
It is no use
It is no good doing.
It is useless
It is useless only learning English grammar.
It is no good cutting down the forest.
③在there+ be+ no+ 主语结构中，必须用动词-ing作主语：
There is no telling what will happen in the future.
④主语和表语结构相同，对等。
Seeing is believing.
To see is to believe.
2. 动词-ing作宾语：
(1)在及物动词后：
Would you mind my sitting here?
We suggest going out for a picnic on Sunday.
(2)在介词后：
We look forward to seeing you again.
(3)在worth, busy, feel like, look like等形容词后面：
China Daily is well worth reading.
The firefighters were busy putting out the big fire.
They look like winning the relay race.
Suddenly I feel like eating something.
动词-ing做主语或宾语时，一般情况下其逻辑主语为句子的主语，如果需要自己的逻辑主语时，要用物主代词或名词所有格+ 动词-ing，如：
His/Li Ping's coming late, made the teacher unhappy.
Would you mind my/me smoking here?
当动词-ing不在句首时，可用人称代词宾格，名词普通格代替，但逻辑主语为无生命的名词，或泛指时，用普通格，如：
We heard the noise of desks being opened and closed.
3. 不定式与动词-ing作宾语的比较：
(1)在下列一些动词后面常跟动词-ing作宾语，而不跟不定式：
admit, appreciate, advise, avoid, allow, consider, delay, dislike, enjoy, escape,
excuse, face, feel like, finish, fancy, forbid, forgive, imagine, include, keep, mention,
mind, miss, practice, resist, risk, suggest等。如：
He practices speaking English every day.
He admitted having broken the window.
I much appreciate your giving me the chance.
She dislikes doing housework.
He enjoys nothing but playing the computer.
(2)在下列一些动词后只跟不定式，不跟动词-ing作宾语：
want(想要)，hope, expect, wish, decide, would like, refuse, manage, pretend, demand,
offer, afford, plan, wonder, intend…等，如：
I am expecting to get a letter from my parents.
We are planning to build another research center.
I'd like to buy a new car made in the U. S. A.
(3)在下列一些动词后面跟不定式或动词-ing形式作宾语，意义不同，如：
I remember doing this exercise before.
我记得以前做过这个练习。
Remember to post the book for me.
记住帮我把那本书寄走。
归纳：remember doing记得(做过的事，某事已做过)
remember to do记住(去做某事，某事还没做)
We shall never forget hearing Jackson singing.
我们忘不了听杰克逊唱歌的情景。
Don't forget to give my regards to them.
别忘了代我向他们问好
归纳：forget doing忘了(做过的事，某事已做过)
forget to do忘了(去做某事，某事还没做)
I'll try to improve my pronunciation.
我要努力去纠正，提高我的发音。
Since no one answered the front door, why not try knocking at the back door?
既然前门没人答应，为什么不试试后门呢?
归纳：try to do. 尽力去做某事
try doing(用另外一种方法)试一试，试试看
I suggest we stop working and have a rest.
我建议我们停下干活，休息一会儿。
They stopped to listen, but there was no more sound.
他们停下来，听一听，再没什么声音。
归纳：stop to do停下(某事)去做某事，(表目的)
stop doing把某事停下来，(宾语)
What do you mean to do with your old bicycle?
你打算如何处理你那辆旧自行车?
I won't wait if it means delaying a week or so.
如果这意味着要推迟一星期左右，那我就不等了。
归纳：mean to do打算做某事
mean doing意味着做某事
(4)在love, like, hate, prefer后面跟不定式和动词-ing形式无多大区别，如：
Do you like to eat ice-cream?
I like traveling very much.
I like driving(do drive)fast cars.
(5)在start, begin后面，一般接不定式和动词-ing形式无多大区别，在下列情况下，多用不定式：
①自然界变化：
It started to rain.
Snow started to melt as spring came.
②心理活动，在understand, know, realize等词前面：
I began to understand my mother's feelings.
③begin, start本身为进行时：
Mother was starting to cook in the kitchen when I got home.
(6)在allow, advise, permit, forbid等动词后面，有名词或代词作宾语，用不定式做宾语补足语，如果没有宾语，直接用-ing形式，如：
1)We don't allow parking here.
2)The police don't allow people to park here.
3)He advised me to get an English pen friend.
4)I advise seeing more English films.
(7)need, require, want译作“需要”时，跟动词-ing作宾语，主动表示被动，相当于to be done，如：
The windows require cleaning.
The windows require to be cleaned.
The patient needs operating on at once.
The patient needs to be operated on.
The flowers want watering.
The flowers want to be watered.
(8)在一些固定表达中用动词-ing形式，不用不定式：
can't help doing, be worth doing, devote…to doing, look forward to doing, be/get/become used to doing, object to doing, thank…for doing, excuse…for doing等。
Einstein devoted his life to making a research in science.
I'm looking forward to getting your letter.
We are used to living in the countryside.
4. 动词-ing在句中作表语：
Our plan is setting up a new car factory.
My job is teaching/driving.
这类词作表语，起解释说明主语的作用，主表可颠倒：Teaching is my job. 转换成问句，用what提问：
--What's your job?
--My job is teaching.
这类词作表语，起描绘作用，主表不颠倒，转换成问句，用how提问
--How is your job?
--It is interesting.
--How was your trip?
--It is tiring, but interesting.
5. 动词-ing作定语：
(1)表示被修饰名词的用途：
There are two reading rooms in our school library.
a reading room其含义是A room is used for reading.
The swimming pool in our school is nearly completed.
the swimming pool其含义是The pool is used for swimming.
(2)如果动词-ing形式作定语表示被修饰的名词发出的一个正在进行的动作或某种特征行为，这时被修饰的名词与动词-ing逻辑上有主谓关系，如果是主动关系用doing, 被动关系用done, 或being done表达，另外有时间要求：
第一种情况：主动关系，-ing形式与谓语动词同时进行，或经常发生，用doing，如：
Look at the dancing girl. She is one of my classmates.
Look at the girl who is dancing. ….
China is a developing country.
China is a country that is developing.
注意：①如果动词-ing形式表示的动作发生在谓语动词之前，一般不用having done作定语，而用定语从句表达，如：
The teacher criticized the boy having broken the window. (误)
The teacher criticized the boy who had broken the window. (正)
注意：②如果表达的是未来发生的动作，或含有情态概念，用不定式表达，如：
I have a meeting to attend today.
鯥 have a meeting that I will attend today.
Mary is the proper worker to do the job.
鯩ary is the proper worker who can do the job.
第二种情况：被动关系：动词-ing表达的动作与谓语动词同时发生，正在进行，用being done; 发生在谓语动词之前，完成了的动作用done；发生在谓语动词之后，未来的动作，用to be done. 如：
The bridge being built now is two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that is being built now is two kilometers long.
The bridge built last year is two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that was built last year is two kilometers long.
The bridge to be built next year will be two kilometers long.
鯰he bridge that will be built next year will be two kilometers long.
6. 动词-ing作宾语补足语和主语补足语：经常在see, hear, feel, watch, notice,
observe, find, get, look at, listen to, keep, leave, send, set, catch等一些动词后面用动词-ing作补语，其中宾语和宾语补足语在逻辑上有主谓关系，如果主谓关系是主动的，又表示动作在进行，或状态的持续，用doing; 如果主谓关系是被动的，又表示动作在进行，用being done，如：
I noticed them repairing the car.
鯳hen they were repairing the car, I noticed.
I noticed the car being repaired.
鯳hen the car was being repaired, I noticed.
如果宾语和宾补是主动关系，又表示动作的全过程，即完成或一般时态，宾补用不定式to do表达(在某些动词后面不定式不带to)；如果是被动关系，又表示动作的全过程，即完成时态用done表达，如：
I often notice them repair the car.
I noticed the car repaired.
如果把上述句子变成被动语态，宾语补足语就变成主语补足语了。
7. 动词-ing形式作状语：动词-ing形式作状语时，要求其逻辑主语必须是句子的主语，句子的主语与动词-ing形式逻辑上有主谓关系。如果主谓关系是主动的，用主动语态；-ing动作与谓语动词同时发生用一般式doing, 如果-ing动作发生在谓语动词之前，用完成式having done, 如：
Walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.
相当于When I was walking along the street, I met a friend of mine.
Having finished their work, they had a rest. 相当于After they had finished their work, they had a rest.
如果主谓关系是被动的，用被动语态；-ing动作与谓语动词同时发生，用done；如果-ing动作发生在谓语动词之前，已完成的动作，用被动语态的完成式having been done, 如：
Having been cleaned and decorated, our classroom took on a new look.
相当于After our classroom had been cleaned and decorated, our classroom took on a new look.
Well known for his expert advice, he was able to help many people.
相当于As he is well known for his expert advice, he was able to help many people.
注意：-ing形式做状语时，如果-ing形式需要自己的逻辑主语，人称代词用主格，名词用普通格，如：
Mother/She being ill, he had to stay home to look after her.
It being Sunday, the shops are crowded.
(三)过去分词
过去分词由动词+ ed构成，起到形容词和副词的作用，在句中可作状语、表语、定语和宾语补足语。过去分词的性质是被动，完成，但有时侧重程度，有时侧重被动，不及物动词变成的过去分词无被动的意义，过去分词形式由动词原形加词尾-ed构成，及部分不规则的词如：done, played.
①侧重程度：
boiling water 沸水 fallen leaves落叶
boiled water 凉开水 frozen chicken冷冻鸡
developing country 发展中的国家
developed country 发达国家
②侧重主、被动：
a broken glass, a dancing girl, a damaged house.
1. 过去分词的作用：
(1)过去分词作状语：同动词-ing形式作状语一样，过去分词的逻辑主语是句子的主语，如是被动关系，又与谓语动词同时发生，或无一定时间对比，用过去分词，如：
Seen from the top of the mountain, the lake looks like a mirror. (相当于The lake is seen)
相当于When the lake is seen from the top of the mountain it looks like a mirror.
Heated, water can turn into vapor.
相当于If it is heated, water can turn into vapor.
(2)过去分词作表语：
We are interested in science.
(3)过去分词作定语：过去分词作定语，有时间要求，发生在谓语动词之前，即完成的动作，用done，而不用having been done.
The bridge built last year is 2 kilometers long.
People invited to the party are most scientists.
(4)过去分词作宾补：
I noticed the car repaired.
2. 过去分词与动词-ing形式的区别：
(1)作表语和定语的区别：动词-ing形式表示事物对人造成的影响，事物是主动的，常译成令人……，使人……；过去分词表示人对事物的看法产生的心理反应，人是被动的，常译作：感到……如：
The news is surprising.
We are surprised at the news.
这类词很多，如：inspiring, inspired, astonishing, astonished, tiring, tired,
moving, moved, disappointing, disappointed, worrying, worried, encouraging, encouraged, …….
(2)作宾补的区别：宾语与宾补逻辑上有主谓关系，主动用动词-ing或不定式表达，被动用being done或done表达。
We found him standing outside the door.
He found the door locked.
(3)作状语的区别：用作状语的动词，与句子的主语逻辑上有主谓关系、主动用-ing形式，被动用过去分词。
The boy entered the room, followed by a dog.
相当于The boy entered the room and he was followed by a dog.
The boy entered the room, following his father.
相当于The boy entered the room and followed his father.
(4)-ing形式与ed分词都可以作状语，表示时间、条件、原因、伴随、结果、让步、程度，如：
Having brought her father back to England, Lucy helped him to get better. (时间)
After she had brought her father back to England, Lucy helped him to get better.
Disturbed by the noise, we had to finish the meeting early. (原因)
We had to finish the meeting early because we were disturbed by the noise.
Born a free man, he was now in chains. (让步)
Though he was born a free man, he was now in chains.
(If) bitten by a snake, you should send for help and not walk. (条件)
鯥f you are bitten by a snake, you should send for help and not walk.
The boy ran in, carrying a ball in his arm. (伴随)
鯰he boy ran in and carried a ball in his arm.
He dropped the plate, breaking it into pieces. (结果)
鯤e dropped the plate and broke it into pieces.
(5)-ing形式与ed分词的否定式，由not+ -ing构成：
Not knowing how to do it, I asked him for help.
责任编辑：李芳芳
篇18：不规则动词总表 (人教版高三英语下册教学论文)
不规则动词总表
________________________________________
Infinitive不定词 Pasttense过去式 PastParticiple过去分词
abide
arise
awake
be
bear
beat
become
befall
beget
begin
behold
bend
bereave
beseech
beset
bet
betake
bethink
bid
bind
bite
bleed
blend
bless
blow
break
breed
bring
broadcast
build
burn
burst
buy
cast
catch
chide
choose
cleave
cling
clothe
come
cost
creep
crow
cut
dare
deal
dig
dive
do
draw
dream
drink
drive
dwell
eat
fall
feed
feel
fight
find
flee
fling
fly
forbear
forbid
forecast
foreknow
foresee
foretell
forget
forgive
forsake
forswear
freeze
gainsay
get
gild
gird
give
go
grave
grind
grow
hamstring
hang
have
hear
heave
hew
hide
hit
held
hurt
inlay
keep
kneel
knit
know
lade
lay
load
lean
leap
learn
leave
lend
let
lie
light
lose
make
mean
meet
melt
miscast
misdeal
misgive
mislay
mislead
misspell
misspend
mistake
misunderstand
mow
outbid
outdo
outgo
outgrow
outride
outrun
outshine
overbear
overcast
overcome
overdo
overhang
overhear
overlay
overleap
overlie
override
overrun
oversee
overshoot
oversleep
overtake
overthrow
partake
pay
prove
put
quit
read
rebind
rebuild
recast
redo
relay
remake
rend
repay
rerun
reset
retell
rewrite
rid
ride
ring
rise
rive
run
saw
say
see
seek
sell
send
set
sew
shake
shave
shear
shed
shine
shoe
shoot
show
shrink
shrive
shut
sing
sink
sit
slay
sleep
slide
sling
slink
slit
smell
smite
sow
speak
speed
spell
spend
spill
spin
spit
spoil
spread
spring
stand
stave
steal
stick
sting
stink
strew
stride
strike
string
strive
swear
sweep
swell
swim
swing
take
teach
tear
tell
think
thrive
throw
thrust
tread
unbend
unbind
underbid
undergo
understand
undertake
undo
upset
wake
waylay
wear
weave
weep
win
wind
withdraw
withhold
withstand
work
wring
write abode,abided
arose
awoke
was
bore
beat
became
befell
begot
began
beheld
bent
bereaved,bereft
besought
beset
bet,betted
betook
bethought
bade,bid
bound
bit
bled
blended,blent
blessed,blest
blew
broke
bred
brought
broadcast,broadcasted
built
burnt,burned
burst
bought
cast
caught
chided,chid
chose
clove,cleft
clung
clothed,clad
came
cost
crept
crowed,crew
cut
dared,durst
dealt
dug
dived;(US)dove
did
drew
dreamt,dreamed
drank
drove
dwelt
atee
fell
fed
felt
fought
found
fled
flung
flew
forbore
forbade,forbad
forecast,forecasted
foreknew
foresew
foretold
forgot
forgave
forsook
forswore
froze
gainsaid
got
gilded,gilt
girded,girt
gave
went
graved
ground
girew
hamstringed,hamstrung
hung,hanged
had
heard
heaved,hove
hewed
hid
hit
held
hurt
inlaid
kept
knelt
knitted,knit
knew
laded
laid
led
lesnt,leaned
leapt,leaped
learnt,learned
left
lent
let
lay
lit,lighted
lost
made
meant
met
melted
miscast
misdealtmisdealt
misgave
mislaid
misled
misspelt
misspent
mistook
misunderstood
mowed
outbid
outdid
outwent
outgrew
outrode
outran
outshone
overbore
overcast
overcame
overdid
overhung
overheard
overlaid
overleapt,overleaped
overlay
overrode
overran
oversaw
overshot
overslept
overtook
overthrew
partook
paid
proved
put
quitted,quit
read[red]
rebound
rebuilt
recast
redid
relaid
remade
rent
repaid
reran
reset
retold
rewrote
red,redded
rode
rang
rose
rived
ran
sawed
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
set
sewed
shook
shaved
sheared
shed
shone
shod
shot
showed
shrank,shrunk
shrove,shrived
shut
sang,sung
sank,sunk
sat
slew
slept
slid
slung
slunk
slit
smelt;smelled
smote
sowed
spoke
sped,speeded
spelt,spelled
spent
spilt,spilled
spun,span
spat,spit
spoilt,spoiled
spread
sprang,sprung
stood
staved,stove
stole
stuck
stung
stank,stunk
strewed
strode
struck
strung
strove
swore
swept
swelled
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
throve,ghrived
threw
thrust
trod
unbent
unbound
underbid
underwent
understood
undertook
undid
upset
woke,waked
waylaid
wore
wove
wept
won
wound
withdrew
withheld
withstood
worked,wrought
wrung
wrote abode,abided
arisen
awaked,awoken
been
borne,born
beaten
become
befallen
begotten
begun
beheld
bent
bereaved,bereft
besought
beset
bet,betted
betaken
bethought
bidden,bid
bound
bitten,bit
bled
blended,blent
blessed,blest
blown
broken
bred
brought
broadcast,broadcasted
built
burnt,burned
burst
bought
cast
caught
chided,chidden
chosen
cloven,cleft
clung
clothed,clad
come
cost
crept
crowed
cut
dared
dealt
dug
dived
done
drawn
dreamt,dreamed
drunk
driven
dwelt
aten
fallen
fed
felt
fought
found
fled
flung
flown
forborne
forbidden
forecast,forecasted
foreknown
foreseen
foretold
forgotten
forgiven
forsaken
forsworn
frozen
gainsaid
got;(US)gotten
gilded
girded,girt
given
gone
graven,graved
ground
grown
hamstringed,hamstrung
hung,hanged
had
heard
hesved,hove
hewed,hewn
hidden
hit
held
hurt
intaid
kept
knelt
knitted,knit
known
laden
laid
led
lesnt,leaned
leapt,leaped
learnt,learned
left
lent
let
lain
lit,lighted
lost
made
meant
met
meited,molten
miscast
misgiven
mislaid
misled
misspelt
misspent
mistaken
misunderstood
mown;(US)mowed
outbid
outdone
outgone
outgrown
outridden
outrun
outshone
overborne
overcast
overcome
overdone
overhung
overheard
overlaid
overleapt,overleaped
overlain
overridden
overun
overseen
overshot
overslept
overtaken
overthrown
partaken
paid
proved,proven
put
quitted,quit
read[red]
rebound
rebuilt
recast
redone
relaid
remade
rent
repaid
rerun
reset
retold
rewritten
rid,ridded
ridden
rung
risen
riven,rived
run
sawn,sawed
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
set
sewn,sewed
shaken
shaved,shaven
sheared,shorn
shed
shone
shod
shot
shown,showed
shrunk,shrunken
shriven,shrived
shut
sung
sunk;sunken
sat
slain
slept
slid
slung
slunk
slit
smelt;smelled
smitten
sown,sowed
spoken
sped,speeded
spelt,spelled
spent
spilt,spilled
spun
spat,spit
spoilt,spoiled
spread
sprung
stood
staved,stove
stolen
stuck
stung
stunk
strewn,strewed
stridden,strid
struck,stricken
strung
striven
sworn
swept
swollen,swelled
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
thriven,thrived
thrown
thrust
trodden,trod
unbent
unbound
underbid,underbidden
undergone
understood
undertaken
undone
upset
woken,waked
waylaid
worn
woven
wept
won
wound
withdrawn
withheld
withstood
worked,wrought
wrung
written
责任编辑：李芳芳
★ 高中英语教学计划
★ 高三英语教学计划
【高三英语复习与训练五--动词 (人教版高三英语必修二教学论文)（合集18篇）】相关文章：
高三下学期英语教学计划2022-07-29
高一英语个人教学计划2022-05-08
高一英语教学计划表2023-08-31
高一英语教学计划2023-02-02
高一英语教师学期教学工作计划2023-09-17
高中英语教师教学工作计划2024-05-07
高一第二学期期末英语作文2023-05-24
高中英语人教版教学设计2023-09-25
高一下学期英语教学计划2022-11-06
高三英语教师工作计划总结2023-11-01